mirror of
https://github.com/doublecmd/doublecmd.git
synced 2026-06-21 09:58:13 +00:00
DEL: Unused components
This commit is contained in:
parent
f588cc1d17
commit
defe1e12bd
88 changed files with 6 additions and 53055 deletions
|
|
@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit DelphiCompat;
|
||||
|
||||
{ Delphi Compatibility Unit
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Luiz Américo Pereira Câmara
|
||||
pascalive@bol.com.br
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
option) any later version with the following modification:
|
||||
|
||||
As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
|
||||
permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
|
||||
executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules,and
|
||||
to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice,
|
||||
provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms
|
||||
and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a
|
||||
module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify
|
||||
this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library,
|
||||
but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this
|
||||
exception statement from your version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
{.$define DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
LMessages, Types, LCLType, Classes;
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
//Messages
|
||||
WM_GETDLGCODE = LM_GETDLGCODE;
|
||||
WM_ERASEBKGND = LM_ERASEBKGND;
|
||||
WM_VSCROLL = LM_VSCROLL;
|
||||
WM_HSCROLL = LM_HSCROLL;
|
||||
WM_CHAR = LM_CHAR;
|
||||
WM_KEYDOWN = LM_KEYDOWN;
|
||||
WM_KEYUP = LM_KEYUP;
|
||||
WM_KILLFOCUS = LM_KILLFOCUS;
|
||||
WM_SIZE = LM_SIZE;
|
||||
WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK = LM_LBUTTONDBLCLK;
|
||||
WM_LBUTTONDOWN = LM_LBUTTONDOWN;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
//TWM* types
|
||||
TMessage = TLMessage;
|
||||
TWMHScroll = TLMHScroll;
|
||||
TWMVScroll = TLMVScroll;
|
||||
TWMChar = TLMChar;
|
||||
TWMKeyDown = TLMKeyDown;
|
||||
TWMKeyUp = TLMKeyUp;
|
||||
TWMKillFocus = TLMKillFocus;
|
||||
TWMSize = TLMSize;
|
||||
TWMLButtonDblClk = TLMLButtonDblClk;
|
||||
TWMMeasureItem = TLMMeasureItem;
|
||||
TWMDrawItem = TLMDrawItems;
|
||||
|
||||
function BeginDeferWindowPos(nNumWindows: LongInt):THandle;
|
||||
function BitBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc, YSrc: Integer; Rop: DWORD): Boolean;
|
||||
function CopyImage(hImage: THandle; uType:LongWord; cxDesired, cyDesired: LongInt; fuFlags:LongWord):THandle;
|
||||
|
||||
function DeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo, hWnd, hWndInsertAfter:THandle; x, y, cx, cy:longint; uFlags:LongWord):THandle;
|
||||
|
||||
function EndDeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo:THandle):Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
function GdiFlush: Boolean;
|
||||
function GetACP:LongWord;
|
||||
function GetBkColor(DC:HDC):COLORREF;
|
||||
function GetDCEx(hWnd:HWND; hrgnClip:HRGN; flags:DWORD):HDC;
|
||||
function GetKeyboardLayout(dwLayout:DWORD):THandle;
|
||||
function GetKeyboardState(lpKeyState:PBYTE):BOOLEAN;
|
||||
function GetLocaleInfo(Locale, LCType:LongWord; lpLCData:PChar; cchData:longint):longint;
|
||||
function GetRandomRgn(DC: HDC; Rgn: HRGN; iNum: Integer): Integer; stdcall;
|
||||
function GetTextAlign(hDC:HDC): LongWord;
|
||||
function GetTextExtentExPoint(DC: HDC; Str: PChar;
|
||||
Count, MaxWidth: Integer; MaxCount, PartialWidths: PInteger;
|
||||
var Size: TSize): BOOL;
|
||||
function GetTextExtentPoint32W(DC: HDC; Str: PWideChar; Count: Integer; out Size: TSize): Boolean;
|
||||
function GetWindowDC(hWnd:HWND):HDC;
|
||||
|
||||
function ImageList_DragShowNolock(fShow: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
function MapWindowPoints(hWndFrom, hWndTo: HWND; var lpPoints; cPoints: UINT): Integer;
|
||||
function MultiByteToWideChar(CodePage, dwFlags:DWORD; lpMultiByteStr:PChar; cchMultiByte:longint; lpWideCharStr:PWideChar;cchWideChar:longint):longint;
|
||||
|
||||
function OffsetRgn(hrgn:HRGN; nxOffset, nYOffset:longint):longint;
|
||||
|
||||
function ScrollDC(DC:HDC; dx:longint; dy:longint; var lprcScroll:TRECT; var lprcClip:TRECT;hrgnUpdate:HRGN; lprcUpdate:PRECT):Boolean;
|
||||
function SetBrushOrgEx(DC:HDC; nXOrg, nYOrg:longint; lppt:PPOINT):Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
function ToAscii(uVirtKey, uScanCode:LongWord; lpKeyState: PByte; lpChar: PWord; uFlags:LongWord): LongInt;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{$i uses.inc}
|
||||
LCLProc, Controls
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT}
|
||||
,multiloglcl, filechannel
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT}
|
||||
const
|
||||
//Logger classes
|
||||
lcInfo = 0;
|
||||
lcStack = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Logger: TLCLLogger;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$i delphicompat.inc}
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{
|
||||
Carbon Interface
|
||||
|
||||
Dummy implementation. Not tested.
|
||||
Waiting for someone with a Mac to implement it
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
Only a few functions are necessary to compile VirtualTreeView:
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{.$define HAS_GETTEXTEXTENTEXPOINT}
|
||||
{.$define HAS_GETTEXTALIGN}
|
||||
{.$define HAS_GETWINDOWDC}
|
||||
{.$define HAS_OFFSETRGN}
|
||||
{.$define HAS_SETBRUSHORGEX}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$i ../generic/stubs.inc}
|
||||
{$i ../generic/independentfunctions.inc}
|
||||
{$i ../generic/unicodefunctions.inc}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
|||
function DirectMaskBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc, YSrc: Integer; Mask: HBITMAP): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: see if is possible todo it faster
|
||||
Result := StretchMaskBlt(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, Width, Height,
|
||||
Mask, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
|||
InterfaceBase, LCLIntf, Graphics, CarbonInt, CarbonCanvas, Math,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
uses
|
||||
LclIntf;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
function MapWindowPoints(hWndFrom, hWndTo: HWND; var lpPoints; cPoints: UINT): Integer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
i: Integer;
|
||||
XOffset, YOffset: SmallInt;
|
||||
FromPoint, ToPoint: TPoint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FromPoint := Point(0, 0);
|
||||
ToPoint := Point(0, 0);
|
||||
if hWndFrom <> 0 then
|
||||
ClientToScreen(hWndFrom, FromPoint);
|
||||
if hWndTo <> 0 then
|
||||
ClientToScreen(hWndTo, ToPoint);
|
||||
XOffset := (FromPoint.X - ToPoint.X);
|
||||
YOffset := (FromPoint.Y - ToPoint.Y);
|
||||
for i := 0 to cPoints - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
PPoint(@lpPoints)[i].x := XOffset + PPoint(@lpPoints)[i].x;
|
||||
PPoint(@lpPoints)[i].y := YOffset + PPoint(@lpPoints)[i].y;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result := MakeLong(XOffset, YOffset);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifndef HAS_BITBLT}
|
||||
function BitBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc,
|
||||
YSrc: Integer; Rop: DWORD): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := LCLIntf.BitBlt(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, Rop);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
function BeginDeferWindowPos(nNumWindows:longint):THandle;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CopyImage(hImage:THANDLE; uType:LongWord; cxDesired, cyDesired: LongInt; fuFlags:LongWord):THandle;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function DeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo, hWnd, hWndInsertAfter:THandle; x, y, cx, cy:longint; uFlags:LongWord):THandle;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function EndDeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo:THandle):Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GdiFlush: Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetACP:LongWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifndef HAS_GETBKCOLOR}
|
||||
function GetBkColor(DC:HDC):COLORREF;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
function GetDCEx(hWnd:HWND; hrgnClip:HRGN; flags:DWORD):HDC;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetKeyboardLayout(dwLayout:DWORD):THandle;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetKeyboardState(lpKeyState: System.PByte):BOOLEAN;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetLocaleInfo(Locale, LCType:LongWord; lpLCData:PChar; cchData:longint):longint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetRandomRgn(DC: HDC; Rgn: HRGN; iNum: Integer): Integer; stdcall;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifndef HAS_GETTEXTEXTENTEXPOINT}
|
||||
function GetTextExtentExPoint(DC: HDC; Str: PChar;
|
||||
Count, MaxWidth: Integer; MaxCount, PartialWidths: PInteger;
|
||||
var Size: TSize): BOOL;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := LCLIntf.GetTextExtentExPoint(DC, Str, Count, MaxWidth, MaxCount, PartialWidths, Size);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifndef HAS_GETTEXTALIGN}
|
||||
function GetTextAlign(hDC:HDC): LongWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifndef HAS_GETWINDOWDC}
|
||||
function GetWindowDC(hWnd:HWND):HDC;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
function ImageList_DragShowNolock(fShow: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function MultiByteToWideChar(CodePage, dwFlags:DWORD; lpMultiByteStr:PChar; cchMultiByte:longint; lpWideCharStr:PWideChar;cchWideChar:longint):longint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifndef HAS_OFFSETRGN}
|
||||
function OffsetRgn(hrgn:HRGN; nxOffset, nYOffset:longint):longint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
function ScrollDC(DC:HDC; dx:longint; dy:longint; var lprcScroll:TRECT; var lprcClip:TRECT;hrgnUpdate:HRGN; lprcUpdate:PRECT):Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifndef HAS_SETBRUSHORGEX}
|
||||
function SetBrushOrgEx(DC:HDC; nXOrg, nYOrg:longint; lppt:PPOINT):Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
function ToAscii(uVirtKey, uScanCode:LongWord; lpKeyState: System.PByte; lpChar: System.PWord; uFlags:LongWord):longint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_DELPHICOMPAT} Logger.SendCallStack('Dummy WinAPI Implementation'); {$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{
|
||||
GetUTF8ByteCount returns the number of bytes necessary to hold the requested number
|
||||
of characters (count). Not necessarily the number of characters is equal to the
|
||||
widestring length but here we assume it to skip the extra overhead
|
||||
}
|
||||
//todo do a function that convert the str and the count at one pass
|
||||
function GetUTF8ByteCount(const UTF8Str: UTF8String; WideCount: Integer): Integer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
CharCount, CharLen, StrLen: Integer;
|
||||
P: PChar;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
CharCount := 0;
|
||||
P := PChar(UTF8Str);
|
||||
StrLen := Length(UTF8Str);
|
||||
WideCount := Min(WideCount, StrLen);
|
||||
while (CharCount < WideCount) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
CharLen := UTF8CharacterLength(P);
|
||||
Inc(P, CharLen);
|
||||
Inc(Result, CharLen);
|
||||
Inc(CharCount);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result := Min(Result, StrLen);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTextExtentPoint32W(DC: HDC; Str: PWideChar; Count: Integer; out Size: TSize): Boolean;
|
||||
var
|
||||
TempStr: UTF8String;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
TempStr := UTF8Encode(WideString(Str));
|
||||
Result := GetTextExtentPoint(DC, PChar(TempStr),
|
||||
GetUTF8ByteCount(TempStr, Count), Size);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{ This file is part of Delphi Compatibility Unit
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Luiz Américo Pereira Câmara
|
||||
pascalive@bol.com.br
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
option) any later version with the following modification:
|
||||
|
||||
As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
|
||||
permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
|
||||
executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules,and
|
||||
to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice,
|
||||
provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms
|
||||
and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a
|
||||
module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify
|
||||
this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library,
|
||||
but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this
|
||||
exception statement from your version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{$define HAS_GETBKCOLOR}
|
||||
{$define HAS_GETTEXTEXTENTEXPOINT}
|
||||
{$define HAS_DRAWFRAMECONTROL}
|
||||
|
||||
{$i ../generic/stubs.inc}
|
||||
{$i ../generic/independentfunctions.inc}
|
||||
{$i ../generic/unicodefunctions.inc}
|
||||
|
||||
function BitBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc,
|
||||
YSrc: Integer; Rop: DWORD): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := GTKWidgetSet.StretchCopyArea(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, Width, Height,
|
||||
0, XSrc, YSrc, Rop);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function DrawFrameControl(DC: HDC; const Rect: TRect; uType, uState: LongWord): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := LCLIntf.DrawFrameControl(DC, Rect, uType, uState);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBkColor(DC:HDC):COLORREF;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if GTKWidgetSet.IsValidDC(DC) then
|
||||
Result := TGtkDeviceContext(DC).CurrentBackColor.ColorRef
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := CLR_INVALID;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTextExtentExPoint(DC: HDC; Str: PChar; Count, MaxWidth: Integer;
|
||||
MaxCount, PartialWidths: ObjPas.PInteger; var Size: TSize): BOOL;
|
||||
var
|
||||
lbearing, rbearing, width, ascent,descent: LongInt;
|
||||
UseFont : PGDKFont;
|
||||
IsDBCSFont: Boolean;
|
||||
NewCount,Accumulator,i: Integer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//based in lcl code
|
||||
Result := GTKWidgetSet.IsValidDC(DC);
|
||||
if Result then
|
||||
with TGtkDeviceContext(DC) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (CurrentFont = nil) or (CurrentFont^.GDIFontObject = nil)
|
||||
then begin
|
||||
UseFont := GTKWidgetSet.GetDefaultGtkFont(false);
|
||||
end
|
||||
else begin
|
||||
UseFont := CurrentFont^.GDIFontObject;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
If UseFont = nil then
|
||||
DebugLn('WARNING: [TGtkWidgetSet.GetTextExtentPoint] Missing font')
|
||||
else begin
|
||||
descent:=0;
|
||||
{
|
||||
UpdateDCTextMetric(TDeviceContext(DC));
|
||||
IsDBCSFont:=TDeviceContext(DC).DCTextMetric.IsDoubleByteChar;
|
||||
|
||||
if IsDBCSFont then begin
|
||||
NewCount:=Count*2;
|
||||
if FExtUTF8OutCacheSize<NewCount then begin
|
||||
ReAllocMem(FExtUTF8OutCache,NewCount);
|
||||
FExtUTF8OutCacheSize:=NewCount;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
NewCount:=UTF8ToDoubleByte(Str,Count,FExtUTF8OutCache)*2;
|
||||
gdk_text_extents(UseFont, FExtUTF8OutCache, NewCount,
|
||||
@lbearing, @rBearing, @width, @ascent, @descent);
|
||||
end else begin
|
||||
gdk_text_extents(UseFont, Str, Count,
|
||||
@lbearing, @rBearing, @width, @ascent, @descent);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
gdk_text_extents(UseFont, Str, Count,@lbearing, @rBearing, @width, @ascent, @descent);
|
||||
Size.cX := Width;
|
||||
Size.cY := ascent+descent;
|
||||
if PartialWidths <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Accumulator:=0;
|
||||
for i:= 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Inc(Accumulator,gdk_char_width(UseFont,(Str+i)^));
|
||||
PartialWidths[i]:=Accumulator;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
function DirectMaskBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc, YSrc: Integer; Mask: HBITMAP): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: see if is possible todo it faster
|
||||
Result := GTKWidgetSet.StretchCopyArea(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, Width, Height,
|
||||
Mask, XSrc, YSrc, SRCCOPY);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
LCLIntf, Graphics, gtkdef, gdk, GTKProc, GtkInt, glib, gtk, Math,
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
uses
|
||||
GtkInt;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
|
|||
{ This file is part of Delphi Compatibility Unit
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Luiz Américo Pereira Câmara
|
||||
pascalive@bol.com.br
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
option) any later version with the following modification:
|
||||
|
||||
As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
|
||||
permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
|
||||
executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules,and
|
||||
to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice,
|
||||
provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms
|
||||
and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a
|
||||
module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify
|
||||
this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library,
|
||||
but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this
|
||||
exception statement from your version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{$MACRO ON}
|
||||
|
||||
{$define HAS_GETBKCOLOR}
|
||||
{$define HAS_GETTEXTEXTENTEXPOINT}
|
||||
|
||||
{$i ../generic/stubs.inc}
|
||||
{$i ../generic/independentfunctions.inc}
|
||||
{$i ../generic/unicodefunctions.inc}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
procedure pango_extents_to_pixels (ink_rect: PPangoRectangle;
|
||||
logical_rect: PPangoRectangle); cdecl; external 'libpango-1.0.so.0';
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBkColor(DC:HDC):COLORREF;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if GTK2WidgetSet.IsValidDC(DC) then
|
||||
Result := TGtkDeviceContext(DC).CurrentBackColor.ColorRef
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := CLR_INVALID;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTextExtentExPoint(DC: HDC; Str: PChar;
|
||||
Count, MaxWidth: Integer; MaxCount, PartialWidths: PInteger;
|
||||
var Size: TSize): BOOL;
|
||||
var
|
||||
layout: PPangoLayout;
|
||||
i: Integer;
|
||||
Rect: TPangoRectangle;
|
||||
iter : PPangoLayoutIter;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := GTK2WidgetSet.IsValidDC(DC);
|
||||
if Result then
|
||||
with TGtk2DeviceContext(DC) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (CurrentFont = nil) or (CurrentFont^.GDIFontObject = nil) then
|
||||
layout := GTK2WidgetSet.GetDefaultGtkFont(false)
|
||||
else
|
||||
layout := CurrentFont^.GDIFontObject;
|
||||
pango_layout_set_text(layout, Str, Count);
|
||||
if PartialWidths = nil then
|
||||
pango_layout_get_pixel_size (layout, @Size.cx, @Size.cy)
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
i := 0;
|
||||
Size.cx := 0;
|
||||
Size.cy := 0;
|
||||
iter := pango_layout_get_iter(layout);
|
||||
repeat
|
||||
pango_layout_iter_get_char_extents(iter,@Rect);
|
||||
pango_extents_to_pixels(nil,@Rect);
|
||||
inc(Size.cx, Rect.Width);
|
||||
PartialWidths[i] := Size.cx;
|
||||
if Size.cy < Rect.Height then
|
||||
Size.cy := Rect.Height;
|
||||
inc(i);
|
||||
until not pango_layout_iter_next_char(iter);
|
||||
pango_layout_iter_free(iter);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
|||
function DirectMaskBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc, YSrc: Integer; Mask: HBITMAP): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: see if is possible todo it faster
|
||||
Result := GTK2WidgetSet.StretchCopyArea(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, Width, Height,
|
||||
Mask, XSrc, YSrc, SRCCOPY);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
LCLIntf, Graphics, Gtk2Def, Gtk2Proc, Gtk2Int, pango, math,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
uses
|
||||
Gtk2Int;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{
|
||||
Qt Interface
|
||||
|
||||
Initial implementation by Zeljan Rikalo
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{$define HAS_GETBKCOLOR}
|
||||
{$define HAS_GETTEXTEXTENTEXPOINT}
|
||||
{$define HAS_GETTEXTALIGN}
|
||||
{$define HAS_GETWINDOWDC}
|
||||
{$define HAS_OFFSETRGN}
|
||||
{$define HAS_SETBRUSHORGEX}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$i ../generic/stubs.inc}
|
||||
{$i ../generic/independentfunctions.inc}
|
||||
{$i ../generic/unicodefunctions.inc}
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBkColor(DC:HDC):COLORREF;
|
||||
var
|
||||
Color: PQColor;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if QtWidgetSet.IsValidDC(DC) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Color := TQtDeviceContext(DC).BackgroundBrush.getColor;
|
||||
TQColorToColorRef(Color^, Result);
|
||||
end else
|
||||
Result := CLR_INVALID;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTextExtentExPoint(DC: HDC; Str: PChar;
|
||||
Count, MaxWidth: Integer; MaxCount, PartialWidths: PInteger;
|
||||
var Size: TSize): BOOL;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := QtWidgetSet.GetTextExtentExPoint(DC, Str, Count, MaxWidth, MaxCount, PartialWidths, Size);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTextAlign(hDC:HDC): LongWord;
|
||||
var
|
||||
QtDC: TQtDeviceContext;
|
||||
QtFontMetrics: QFontMetricsH;
|
||||
QtFont: QFontH;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
if not QtWidgetSet.IsValidDC(hdC) then
|
||||
Exit;
|
||||
QtDC := TQtDeviceContext(hDC);
|
||||
QtFont := QtDC.vFont.FHandle;
|
||||
QtFontMetrics := QFontMetrics_create(QtFont);
|
||||
try
|
||||
{TODO: FIXME we should save somehow text flags into QtDC
|
||||
cause we don't have any function which returns current flags !}
|
||||
finally
|
||||
QFontMetrics_destroy(QtFontMetrics);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetWindowDC(hWnd:HWND): HDC;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := LCLIntf.GetDC(hWnd);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function OffsetRgn(hrgn:HRGN; nxOffset, nYOffset:longint):longint;
|
||||
var
|
||||
Region: TQtRegion;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Region := TQtRegion(hrgn);
|
||||
QRegion_translate(Region.FHandle, nxOffset, nYOffset);
|
||||
Result := Region.GetRegionType;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function SetBrushOrgEx(DC:HDC; nXOrg, nYOrg:longint; lppt:PPOINT):Boolean;
|
||||
var
|
||||
QtDC: TQtDeviceContext;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
if not QtWidgetSet.IsValidDC(DC) then
|
||||
Exit;
|
||||
QtDC := TQtDeviceContext(DC);
|
||||
if lppt <> nil then
|
||||
QtDC.getBrushOrigin(lppt);
|
||||
QtDC.setBrushOrigin(nXorg, nYOrg);
|
||||
Result := True;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
|||
function DirectMaskBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc, YSrc: Integer; Mask: HBITMAP): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: see if is possible todo it faster
|
||||
Result := StretchMaskBlt(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, Width, Height,
|
||||
Mask, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
|||
InterfaceBase, LCLIntf, Graphics, qt4, qtint, qtobjects, qtwidgets, Math,
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
uses
|
||||
LclIntf;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{ This file is part of Delphi Compatibility Unit
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Luiz Américo Pereira Câmara
|
||||
pascalive@bol.com.br
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
option) any later version with the following modification:
|
||||
|
||||
As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
|
||||
permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
|
||||
executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules,and
|
||||
to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice,
|
||||
provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms
|
||||
and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a
|
||||
module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify
|
||||
this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library,
|
||||
but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this
|
||||
exception statement from your version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function BeginDeferWindowPos(nNumWindows: longint): THandle;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result:=Windows.BeginDeferWindowPos(nNumWindows);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function BitBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc,
|
||||
YSrc: Integer; Rop: DWORD): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.BitBlt(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, Rop);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CopyImage(hImage: THANDLE; uType: LongWord; cxDesired,
|
||||
cyDesired: LongInt; fuFlags: LongWord): THandle;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.CopyImage(hImage,uType,cxDesired,cyDesired,fuFlags);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CreatePatternBrush(hbmp: HBITMAP): HBRUSH;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.CreatePatternBrush(hbmp);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function DeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo, hWnd, hWndInsertAfter: THandle;
|
||||
x, y, cx, cy: longint; uFlags: LongWord): THandle;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.DeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo,hWnd,hWndInsertAfter,x,y,cx,cy,uFlags);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function DrawFrameControl(DC: HDC; const Rect: TRect; uType, uState: LongWord): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.DrawFrameControl(DC,Rect,uType,uState);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function EndDeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo: THandle): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result:=Windows.EndDeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GdiFlush: Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GdiFlush;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetACP: LongWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetACP;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBkColor(DC: HDC): LCLType.COLORREF;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetBkColor(DC);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetDCEx(hWnd: HWND; hrgnClip: HRGN; flags: DWORD): HDC;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetDCEx(hWnd,hrgnClip,flags);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetKeyboardLayout(dwLayout: DWORD): THandle;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetKeyboardLayout(dwLayout);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetKeyboardState(lpKeyState: PBYTE): BOOLEAN;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetKeyboardState(lpKeyState);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetLocaleInfo(Locale, LCType: LongWord; lpLCData: PChar;
|
||||
cchData: longint): longint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetLocaleInfo(Locale,LCType,lpLCData,cchData);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetRandomRgn(DC: HDC; Rgn: HRGN; iNum: Integer): Integer; stdcall; external 'GDI32.DLL';
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTextAlign(hDC: HDC): LongWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetTextAlign(hDC);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTextExtentExPoint(DC: LCLType.HDC; Str: PChar;
|
||||
Count, MaxWidth: Integer; MaxCount, PartialWidths: ObjPas.PInteger;
|
||||
var Size: TSize): BOOL;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetTextExtentExPoint(DC, Str, Count, MaxWidth, MaxCount, PartialWidths, Size);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetTextExtentPoint32W(DC: HDC; Str: PWideChar; Count: Integer; out Size: TSize): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetTextExtentPointW(DC, Str, Count, Size);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetWindowDC(hWnd: HWND): HDC;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.GetWindowDC(hWnd);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function ImageList_DragShowNolock(fShow: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := CommCtrl.ImageList_DragShowNolock(fShow);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function MapWindowPoints(hWndFrom, hWndTo: HWND; var lpPoints; cPoints: UINT
|
||||
): Integer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result:=Windows.MapWindowPoints(hWndFrom,hWndTo,lpPoints,cPoints);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function MultiByteToWideChar(CodePage, dwFlags: DWORD; lpMultiByteStr: PChar;
|
||||
cchMultiByte: longint; lpWideCharStr: PWideChar; cchWideChar: longint
|
||||
): longint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.MultiByteToWideChar(CodePage,dwFlags,lpMultiByteStr,cchMultiByte,lpWideCharStr,cchWideChar);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function OffsetRgn(hrgn: HRGN; nxOffset, nYOffset: longint): longint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.OffsetRgn(hrgn,nxOffset,nYOffset);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function SetBrushOrgEx(DC: LCLType.HDC; nXOrg, nYOrg: longint; lppt: Types.PPoint): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.SetBrushOrgEx(DC,nXOrg,nYOrg,lppt);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function ScrollDC(DC: LCLType.HDC; dx: longint; dy: longint; var lprcScroll: Types.TRect;
|
||||
var lprcClip: Types.TRect; hrgnUpdate: LCLType.HRGN; lprcUpdate: Types.PRect): Boolean;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.ScrollDC(DC, dx, dy, lprcScroll, lprcClip, hrgnUpdate, lprcUpdate);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function ToAscii(uVirtKey, uScanCode: LongWord; lpKeyState: PBYTE;
|
||||
lpChar: PWORD; uFlags: LongWord): longint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Windows.ToAscii(uVirtKey,uScanCode,lpKeyState,lpChar,uFlags);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
|||
function DirectMaskBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc, YSrc: Integer; Mask: HBITMAP): Boolean;
|
||||
var
|
||||
MaskDC: HDC;
|
||||
MaskObj: HGDIOBJ;
|
||||
PrevTextColor, PrevBkColor: COLORREF;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//this is a stripped version of LCL.StretchMaskBlt
|
||||
if Mask <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
MaskDC := Windows.CreateCompatibleDC(DestDC);
|
||||
MaskObj := Windows.SelectObject(MaskDC, Mask);
|
||||
|
||||
PrevTextColor := Windows.SetTextColor(DestDC, $00000000);
|
||||
PrevBkColor := Windows.SetBkColor(DestDC, $00FFFFFF);
|
||||
|
||||
Windows.BitBlt(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, SRCINVERT);
|
||||
Windows.BitBlt(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, MaskDC, XSrc, YSrc, SRCAND);
|
||||
Windows.BitBlt(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, SRCINVERT);
|
||||
|
||||
Windows.SetTextColor(DestDC, PrevTextColor);
|
||||
Windows.SetBkColor(DestDC, PrevBkColor);
|
||||
Windows.SelectObject(MaskDC, MaskObj);
|
||||
Windows.DeleteDC(MaskDC);
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := Windows.BitBlt(DestDC, X, Y, Width, Height, SrcDC, XSrc, YSrc, SRCCOPY);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Windows, win32proc, CommCtrl,
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
uses
|
||||
Windows;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit LclExt;
|
||||
|
||||
{ LCL Extension Unit
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Luiz Américo Pereira Câmara
|
||||
pascalive@bol.com.br
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
option) any later version with the following modification:
|
||||
|
||||
As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
|
||||
permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
|
||||
executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules,and
|
||||
to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice,
|
||||
provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms
|
||||
and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a
|
||||
module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify
|
||||
this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library,
|
||||
but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this
|
||||
exception statement from your version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes, SysUtils, LCLType, Graphics;
|
||||
|
||||
function DirectMaskBlt(DestDC: HDC; X, Y, Width, Height: Integer; SrcDC: HDC; XSrc, YSrc: Integer; Mask: HBITMAP): Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{$i uses_lclext.inc}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$i lclext.inc}
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<?xml version="1.0"?>
|
||||
<CONFIG>
|
||||
<Package Version="4">
|
||||
<Name Value="lclextensions_package_doublecmd"/>
|
||||
<AddToProjectUsesSection Value="True"/>
|
||||
<Author Value="Luiz Americo Pereira Câmara"/>
|
||||
<CompilerOptions>
|
||||
<Version Value="10"/>
|
||||
<SearchPaths>
|
||||
<IncludeFiles Value="include/$(LCLWidgetType)"/>
|
||||
<UnitOutputDirectory Value="lib/$(TargetCPU)-$(TargetOS)-$(LCLWidgetType)"/>
|
||||
</SearchPaths>
|
||||
<Parsing>
|
||||
<SyntaxOptions>
|
||||
<UseAnsiStrings Value="False"/>
|
||||
</SyntaxOptions>
|
||||
</Parsing>
|
||||
<Linking>
|
||||
<Debugging>
|
||||
<GenerateDebugInfo Value="True"/>
|
||||
<DebugInfoType Value="dsDwarf2Set"/>
|
||||
</Debugging>
|
||||
</Linking>
|
||||
<Other>
|
||||
<CompilerMessages>
|
||||
<UseMsgFile Value="True"/>
|
||||
</CompilerMessages>
|
||||
<CompilerPath Value="$(CompPath)"/>
|
||||
</Other>
|
||||
</CompilerOptions>
|
||||
<Description Value="LCL Extensions provides additional functions to be used together with LCL
|
||||
"/>
|
||||
<License Value="Modified LGPL
|
||||
"/>
|
||||
<Version Minor="4"/>
|
||||
<Files Count="3">
|
||||
<Item1>
|
||||
<Filename Value="delphicompat.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="DelphiCompat"/>
|
||||
</Item1>
|
||||
<Item2>
|
||||
<Filename Value="oleutils.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="oleutils"/>
|
||||
</Item2>
|
||||
<Item3>
|
||||
<Filename Value="lclext.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="LclExt"/>
|
||||
</Item3>
|
||||
</Files>
|
||||
<Type Value="RunAndDesignTime"/>
|
||||
<RequiredPkgs Count="1">
|
||||
<Item1>
|
||||
<PackageName Value="LCL"/>
|
||||
</Item1>
|
||||
</RequiredPkgs>
|
||||
<UsageOptions>
|
||||
<UnitPath Value="$(PkgOutDir)"/>
|
||||
</UsageOptions>
|
||||
<PublishOptions>
|
||||
<Version Value="2"/>
|
||||
<IgnoreBinaries Value="False"/>
|
||||
</PublishOptions>
|
||||
</Package>
|
||||
</CONFIG>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
|
|||
{ This file was automatically created by Lazarus. Do not edit!
|
||||
This source is only used to compile and install the package.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unit lclextensions_package_doublecmd;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
DelphiCompat, oleutils, LclExt, LazarusPackageIntf;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Register;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
initialization
|
||||
RegisterPackage('lclextensions_package_doublecmd', @Register);
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit oleutils;
|
||||
|
||||
{ OLE helper functions
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Luiz Américo Pereira Câmara
|
||||
pascalive@bol.com.br
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
|
||||
option) any later version with the following modification:
|
||||
|
||||
As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you
|
||||
permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an
|
||||
executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules,and
|
||||
to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice,
|
||||
provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms
|
||||
and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a
|
||||
module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify
|
||||
this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library,
|
||||
but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this
|
||||
exception statement from your version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
|
||||
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
|
||||
along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
|
||||
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//todo: add error handling
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
{$ifdef Windows}
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Windows, Classes, SysUtils, ActiveX;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
|
||||
{ TOLEStream }
|
||||
|
||||
TOLEStream = class (TStream)
|
||||
private
|
||||
FSrcStream: IStream;
|
||||
procedure InternalSetSize(NewSize: LARGE_INTEGER);
|
||||
public
|
||||
constructor Create(const Stream: IStream);
|
||||
function Read(var Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer; override;
|
||||
function Seek(Offset: Integer; Origin: Word): Integer; overload; override;
|
||||
procedure SetSize(const NewSize: Int64); override;
|
||||
procedure SetSize(NewSize: Longint); override;
|
||||
function Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
{$ifdef Windows}
|
||||
|
||||
function ErrorString(Error: HRESULT): String;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case Error of
|
||||
E_PENDING: Result:='E_PENDING';
|
||||
S_FALSE: Result:='S_FALSE';
|
||||
STG_E_MEDIUMFULL: Result:='STG_E_MEDIUMFULL';
|
||||
STG_E_ACCESSDENIED: Result:= 'STG_E_ACCESSDENIED';
|
||||
STG_E_CANTSAVE: Result:='STG_E_CANTSAVE';
|
||||
STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER: Result:='STG_E_INVALIDPOINTER';
|
||||
STG_E_REVERTED: Result:='STG_E_REVERTED';
|
||||
STG_E_WRITEFAULT: Result:='STG_E_WRITEFAULT';
|
||||
STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION: Result:='STG_E_INVALIDFUNCTION';
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result:='Unknow error';
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{ TOLEStream }
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TOLEStream.Create(const Stream: IStream);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
FSrcStream:=Stream;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function TOLEStream.Read(var Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
Res: HRESULT;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Res:=FSrcStream.Read(@Buffer, Count, @Result);
|
||||
if Res <> S_OK then
|
||||
Raise Exception.Create('TOLEStream - Error while reading: '+ErrorString(Res));
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function TOLEStream.Seek(Offset: Integer; Origin: Word): Integer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
liResult, liOffset : LARGE_INTEGER;
|
||||
Res: HRESULT;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//soFrom* constants are equal to STREAM_SEEK_* constants. Assume it here
|
||||
liOffset.LowPart:=Offset;
|
||||
liOffset.HighPart:=0;
|
||||
Res:=FSrcStream.Seek(Int64(liOffset), Origin, Int64(liResult));
|
||||
Result:=liResult.LowPart;
|
||||
if Res <> S_OK then
|
||||
Raise Exception.Create('TOLEStream - Error while seeking: '+ErrorString(Res));
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TOLEStream.SetSize(NewSize: Longint);
|
||||
var
|
||||
liSize: LARGE_INTEGER;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
liSize.LowPart:=NewSize;
|
||||
liSize.HighPart:=0;
|
||||
InternalSetSize(liSize);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TOLEStream.SetSize(const NewSize: Int64);
|
||||
var
|
||||
liSize: LARGE_INTEGER;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
liSize.QuadPart:=NewSize;
|
||||
InternalSetSize(liSize);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TOLEStream.InternalSetSize(NewSize: LARGE_INTEGER);
|
||||
var
|
||||
Res:HRESULT;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Res:=FSrcStream.SetSize(Int64(NewSize));
|
||||
if Res <> S_OK then
|
||||
Raise Exception.Create('TOLEStream - Error while setting size: '+ErrorString(Res));
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function TOLEStream.Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
Res: HRESULT;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Res:=FSrcStream.Write(@Buffer,Count,@Result);
|
||||
if Res <> S_OK then
|
||||
Raise Exception.Create('TOLEStream - Error while writing: '+ErrorString(Res));
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
|
|||
lclextensions v0.4
|
||||
http://code.google.com/p/luipack/
|
||||
|
||||
Some modifications done so that it only compiles VirtualTreeView.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit VTAccessibility;
|
||||
|
||||
// This unit implements iAccessible interfaces for the VirtualTree visual components
|
||||
// and the currently focused node.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Written by Marco Zehe. (c) 2007
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses Windows, Classes, ActiveX, oleacc, VirtualTrees, VTAccessibilityFactory, Controls;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
TVirtualTreeAccessibility = class(TInterfacedObject, IDispatch, IAccessible)
|
||||
private
|
||||
FVirtualTree: TVirtualStringTree;
|
||||
public
|
||||
{ IAccessibility }
|
||||
function Get_accParent(out ppdispParent: IDispatch): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accChildCount(out pcountChildren: Integer): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accChild(varChild: OleVariant; out ppdispChild: IDispatch): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accName(varChild: OleVariant; out pszName: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accValue(varChild: OleVariant; out pszValue: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accDescription(varChild: OleVariant; out pszDescription: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accRole(varChild: OleVariant; out pvarRole: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accState(varChild: OleVariant; out pvarState: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accHelp(varChild: OleVariant; out pszHelp: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accHelpTopic(out pszHelpFile: WideString; varChild: OleVariant;
|
||||
out pidTopic: Integer): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accKeyboardShortcut(varChild: OleVariant; out pszKeyboardShortcut: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accFocus(out pvarChild: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accSelection(out pvarChildren: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accDefaultAction(varChild: OleVariant; out pszDefaultAction: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function accSelect(flagsSelect: Integer; varChild: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function accLocation(out pxLeft: Integer; out pyTop: Integer; out pcxWidth: Integer;
|
||||
out pcyHeight: Integer; varChild: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function accNavigate(navDir: Integer; varStart: OleVariant; out pvarEndUpAt: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function accHitTest(xLeft: Integer; yTop: Integer; out pvarChild: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function accDoDefaultAction(varChild: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Set_accName(varChild: OleVariant; const pszName: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Set_accValue(varChild: OleVariant; const pszValue: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
{IDispatch}
|
||||
function GetIDsOfNames(const IID: TGUID; Names: Pointer;
|
||||
NameCount: Integer; LocaleID: Integer; DispIDs: Pointer): HRESULT; stdcall;
|
||||
function GetTypeInfo(Index: Integer; LocaleID: Integer;
|
||||
out TypeInfo): HRESULT; stdcall;
|
||||
function GetTypeInfoCount(out Count: Integer): HRESULT; stdcall;
|
||||
function Invoke(DispID: Integer; const IID: TGUID; LocaleID: Integer;
|
||||
Flags: Word; var Params; VarResult: Pointer; ExcepInfo: Pointer;
|
||||
ArgErr: Pointer): HRESULT; stdcall;
|
||||
constructor Create(VirtualTree: TVirtualStringTree);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility = class(TVirtualTreeAccessibility, IAccessible)
|
||||
public
|
||||
{ IAccessibility }
|
||||
function Get_accParent(out ppdispParent: IDispatch): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accChildCount(out pcountChildren: Integer): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accChild(varChild: OleVariant; out ppdispChild: IDispatch): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accName(varChild: OleVariant; out pszName: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accValue(varChild: OleVariant; out pszValue: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accDescription(varChild: OleVariant; out pszDescription: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accRole(varChild: OleVariant; out pvarRole: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accState(varChild: OleVariant; out pvarState: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function accLocation(out pxLeft: Integer;
|
||||
out pyTop: Integer; out pcxWidth: Integer;
|
||||
out pcyHeight: Integer; varChild: OleVariant): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
constructor Create(VirtualTree: TVirtualStringTree);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TVTMultiColumnItemAccessibility = class(TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility, IAccessible)
|
||||
private
|
||||
function GetItemDescription(varChild: OleVariant; out pszDescription: WideString; IncludeMainColumn: boolean): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
public
|
||||
{ IAccessibility }
|
||||
function Get_accName(varChild: OleVariant; out pszName: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
function Get_accDescription(varChild: OleVariant; out pszDescription: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TVTDefaultAccessibleProvider = class(TInterfacedObject, IVTAccessibleProvider)
|
||||
function CreateIAccessible(ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TVTDefaultAccessibleItemProvider = class(TInterfacedObject, IVTAccessibleProvider)
|
||||
function CreateIAccessible(ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TVTMultiColumnAccessibleItemProvider = class(TInterfacedObject, IVTAccessibleProvider)
|
||||
function CreateIAccessible(ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
uses Variants, SysUtils, Types, Forms;
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualTreeAccessibility }
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.accDoDefaultAction(varChild: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// a default action is not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.accHitTest(xLeft: Integer; yTop: Integer; out pvarChild: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// returns the iAccessible object at the given point, if applicable.
|
||||
var
|
||||
Pt: TPoint;
|
||||
HitInfo: THitInfo;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// VariantInit(pvarChild);
|
||||
// TVarData(pvarChild).VType := VT_I4;
|
||||
Pt := fVirtualTree.ScreenToClient(Point(xLeft, yTop));
|
||||
if fVirtualTree.FocusedNode <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fVirtualTree.GetHitTestInfoAt(xLeft, yTop, false, HitInfo);
|
||||
if FVirtualTree.FocusedNode = HitInfo.HitNode then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pvarChild := FVirtualTree.AccessibleItem;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
exit;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if PtInRect(FVirtualTree.BoundsRect, Pt) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pvarChild := CHILDID_SELF;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.accLocation(out pxLeft: Integer;
|
||||
out pyTop: Integer; out pcxWidth: Integer;
|
||||
out pcyHeight: Integer; varChild: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// returns the location of the VirtualStringTree object.
|
||||
var
|
||||
P: TPoint;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
if varChild = CHILDID_SELF then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
P := FVirtualTree.ClientToScreen(FVirtualTree.ClientRect.TopLeft);
|
||||
pxLeft := P.X;
|
||||
pyTop := P.Y;
|
||||
pcxWidth := FVirtualTree.Width;
|
||||
pcyHeight := FVirtualTree.Height;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.accNavigate(navDir: Integer; varStart: OleVariant;
|
||||
out pvarEndUpAt: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// This is not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accSelection(out pvarChildren: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// returns the selected child ID, if any.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := s_false;
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
if fVirtualTree.FocusedNode <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pvarChildren := 1;
|
||||
result := s_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
constructor TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Create(VirtualTree: TVirtualStringTree);
|
||||
// assigns the parent and current fields, and lets the control's iAccessible object know its address.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fVirtualTree := VirtualTree;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.GetIDsOfNames(const IID: TGUID;
|
||||
Names: Pointer; NameCount, LocaleID: Integer; DispIDs: Pointer): HRESULT;
|
||||
// Not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := E_NOTIMPL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.GetTypeInfo(Index, LocaleID: Integer;
|
||||
out TypeInfo): HRESULT;
|
||||
// not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := E_NOTIMPL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.GetTypeInfoCount(
|
||||
out Count: Integer): HRESULT;
|
||||
// not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := E_NOTIMPL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accChild(varChild: OleVariant; out ppdispChild: IDispatch): HResult;
|
||||
// returns the iAccessible child, whicfh represents the focused item.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if varChild = CHILDID_SELF then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ppdispChild := FVirtualTree.AccessibleItem;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := E_INVALIDARG
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accChildCount(out pcountChildren: Integer): HResult;
|
||||
// Returns the number 1 for the one child: The focused item.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pcountChildren := 1;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accDefaultAction(varChild: OleVariant; out pszDefaultAction: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// Not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accDescription(varChild: OleVariant; out pszDescription: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// returns the hint of the control, if assigned.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszDescription := '';
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
if varChild = CHILDID_SELF then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
pszDescription := GetLongHint(fVirtualTree.Hint);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if Length(pszDescription) > 0 then
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accFocus(out pvarChild: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// returns the child ID of 1, if assigned.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := s_false;
|
||||
if fVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree.FocusedNode <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pvarChild := fVirtualTree.AccessibleItem;
|
||||
result := s_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else begin
|
||||
pvarChild := childid_self;
|
||||
result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accHelp(varChild: OleVariant; out pszHelp: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// Not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accHelpTopic(out pszHelpFile: WideString; varChild: OleVariant;
|
||||
out pidTopic: Integer): HResult;
|
||||
// Returns the HelpContext ID, if present.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszHelpFile := '';
|
||||
pidTopic := 0;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
if varChild = CHILDID_SELF then
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszHelpFile := Application.HelpFile;
|
||||
pidTopic := FVirtualTree.HelpContext;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accKeyboardShortcut(varChild: OleVariant; out pszKeyboardShortcut: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// Not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszKeyboardShortcut := '';
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accName(varChild: OleVariant; out pszName: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// if set, returns the new published AccessibleName property.
|
||||
// otherwise, returns the default text.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszName := '';
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
if varChild = CHILDID_SELF then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree.AccessibleName <> '' then
|
||||
pszName := FVirtualTree.AccessibleName
|
||||
else
|
||||
PSZName := FVirtualTree.DefaultText;
|
||||
result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accParent(out ppdispParent: IDispatch): HResult;
|
||||
// Returns false, the tree itself does not have a parent.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ppdispParent := nil;
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accRole(varChild: OleVariant; out pvarRole: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// tells MSAA that it is a TreeView.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
// VariantInit(pvarRole);
|
||||
// TVarData(pvarRole).VType := VT_I4;
|
||||
if varChild = CHILDID_SELF then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
pvarRole := ROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINE
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.accSelect(flagsSelect: Integer; varChild: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// since we're not supporting more than one item, this is not supported currently.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accState(varChild: OleVariant; out pvarState: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// returns the state of the control.
|
||||
const
|
||||
IsEnabled: array[Boolean] of Integer = (STATE_SYSTEM_UNAVAILABLE, 0);
|
||||
HasPopup: array[Boolean] of Integer = (0, STATE_SYSTEM_HASPOPUP);
|
||||
IsVisible: array[Boolean] of Integer = (STATE_SYSTEM_INVISIBLE, 0);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
// VariantInit(pvarState);
|
||||
// TVarData(pvarState).VType := VT_I4;
|
||||
if varChild = CHILDID_SELF then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pvarState := STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED or STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE or STATE_SYSTEM_HOTTRACKED;
|
||||
pvarState := pvarState or IsVisible[FVirtualTree.Visible];
|
||||
pvarState := pvarState or IsEnabled[FVirtualTree.Enabled];
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := E_INVALIDARG;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Get_accValue(varChild: OleVariant; out pszValue: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// the TreeView control itself does not have a value, returning false here.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszValue := '';
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;//DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Invoke(DispID: Integer; const IID: TGUID;
|
||||
LocaleID: Integer; Flags: Word; var Params; VarResult, ExcepInfo,
|
||||
ArgErr: Pointer): HRESULT;
|
||||
// not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := E_NOTIMPL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Set_accName(varChild: OleVariant; const pszName: WideString): HResult; stdcall;
|
||||
// not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Set_accValue(varChild: OleVariant; const pszValue: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// not supported.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility }
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.accLocation(out pxLeft, pyTop, pcxWidth,
|
||||
pcyHeight: Integer; varChild: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// returns the location of the current accessible item.
|
||||
var
|
||||
P: TPoint;
|
||||
DisplayRect: TRect;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
if varChild = CHILDID_SELF then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree.FocusedNode <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
DisplayRect := FVirtualTree.GetDisplayRect(FVirtualTree.FocusedNode, -1, TRUE, FALSE);
|
||||
P := FVirtualTree.ClientToScreen(DisplayRect.TopLeft);
|
||||
pxLeft := P.X;
|
||||
pyTop := P.Y;
|
||||
pcxWidth := DisplayRect.Right - DisplayRect.Left;
|
||||
pcyHeight := DisplayRect.Bottom - DisplayRect.Top;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
constructor TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Create(VirtualTree: TVirtualStringTree);
|
||||
// sets up the parent/child relationship.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
fVirtualTree := VirtualTree;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Get_accChild(varChild: OleVariant; out ppdispChild: IDispatch): HResult;
|
||||
// the item does not have children. Returning false.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ppdispChild := nil;
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Get_accChildCount(out pcountChildren: Integer): HResult;
|
||||
// the item itself does not have children, returning 0.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pcountChildren := 0;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Get_accDescription(varChild: OleVariant; out pszDescription: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// not supported for an item.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Get_accName(varChild: OleVariant; out pszName: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// the name is the node's caption.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszName := '';
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
if varChild = childid_self then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
if FVirtualTree.FocusedNode <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszName := FVirtualTree.Text[FVirtualTree.FocusedNode, FVirtualTree.Header.MainColumn];
|
||||
result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else begin
|
||||
PSZName := FVirtualTree.DefaultText;
|
||||
result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Get_accParent(out ppdispParent: IDispatch): HResult;
|
||||
// tells MSAA that the VritualStringTree is its parent.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ppdispParent := FVirtualTree.Accessible;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Get_accRole(varChild: OleVariant; out pvarRole: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// tells MSAA that it is a TreeView item as opposed to the TreeView itself.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
// VariantInit(pvarRole);
|
||||
// TVarData(pvarRole).VType := VT_I4;
|
||||
if varChild = childid_self then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
pvarRole := ROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINEITEM
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Get_accState(varChild: OleVariant; out pvarState: OleVariant): HResult;
|
||||
// Tells MSAA the state the item is in.
|
||||
const
|
||||
IsEnabled: array[Boolean] of Integer = (STATE_SYSTEM_UNAVAILABLE, 0);
|
||||
HasPopup: array[Boolean] of Integer = (0, STATE_SYSTEM_HASPOPUP);
|
||||
IsVisible: array[Boolean] of Integer = (STATE_SYSTEM_INVISIBLE, 0);
|
||||
IsChecked: array[Boolean] of Integer = (0, STATE_SYSTEM_CHECKED);
|
||||
IsExpanded: array[Boolean] of Integer = (0, STATE_SYSTEM_EXPANDED);
|
||||
IsCollapsed: array[Boolean] of Integer = (0, STATE_SYSTEM_COLLAPSED);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
// VariantInit(pvarState);
|
||||
// TVarData(pvarState).VType := VT_I4;
|
||||
if varChild = childid_self then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pvarState := STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED or STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE or STATE_SYSTEM_HOTTRACKED;
|
||||
pvarState := pvarState or IsVisible[FVirtualTree.Visible];
|
||||
pvarState := pvarState or IsEnabled[FVirtualTree.Enabled];
|
||||
if fVirtualTree.FocusedNode <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pvarState := pvarState or IsChecked[csCheckedNormal = FVirtualTree.FocusedNode.CheckState];
|
||||
pvarState := pvarState or IsExpanded[VSExpanded in FVirtualTree.FocusedNode.States];
|
||||
if not (vsExpanded in FVirtualTree.FocusedNode.States) then
|
||||
pvarState:= PvarState or IsCollapsed[vsHasChildren in FVirtualTree.FocusedNode.States];
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := E_INVALIDARG;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
function TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Get_accValue(varChild: OleVariant; out pszValue: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
// for a TreeView item, the value is the nesting level number, 0-based.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszValue := '';
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;//DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
|
||||
if varChild = childid_self then
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
if FVirtualTree.FocusedNode <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
PSZValue := IntToStr(FVirtualTree.GetNodeLevel(FVirtualTree.FocusedNode));
|
||||
result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVTMultiColumnItemAccessibility }
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTMultiColumnItemAccessibility.GetItemDescription(
|
||||
varChild: OleVariant; out pszDescription: WideString;
|
||||
IncludeMainColumn: boolean): HResult;
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
sTemp: WideString;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
pszDescription := '';
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
if varChild = childid_self then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FVirtualTree <> nil then
|
||||
if FVirtualTree.FocusedNode <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if IncludeMainColumn then
|
||||
pszDescription := FVirtualTree.Text[FVirtualTree.FocusedNode, FVirtualTree.Header.MainColumn]
|
||||
+'; ';
|
||||
for I := 0 to FVirtualTree.Header.Columns.Count - 1 do
|
||||
if FVirtualTree.Header.MainColumn <> I then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
sTemp := FVirtualTree.Text[FVirtualTree.FocusedNode, I];
|
||||
if sTemp <> '' then
|
||||
pszDescription := pszDescription
|
||||
+FVirtualTree.Header.Columns[I].Text
|
||||
+': '
|
||||
+sTemp
|
||||
+'; ';
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if pszDescription <> '' then
|
||||
if pszDescription[Length(pszDescription)-1] = ';' then
|
||||
Delete(pszDescription, length(pszDescription)-1, 2);
|
||||
result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else begin
|
||||
PSZDescription := FVirtualTree.DefaultText;
|
||||
result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTMultiColumnItemAccessibility.Get_accDescription(
|
||||
varChild: OleVariant; out pszDescription: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := GetItemDescription(varChild, pszDescription, false)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTMultiColumnItemAccessibility.Get_accName(varChild: OleVariant;
|
||||
out pszName: WideString): HResult;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := GetItemDescription(varChild, pszName, true)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVTDefaultAccessibleProvider }
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDefaultAccessibleProvider.CreateIAccessible(
|
||||
ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := TVirtualTreeAccessibility.Create(TVirtualStringTree(ATree));
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVTDefaultAccessibleItemProvider }
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDefaultAccessibleItemProvider.CreateIAccessible(
|
||||
ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := TVirtualTreeItemAccessibility.Create(TVirtualStringTree(ATree));
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVTMultiColumnAccessibleItemProvider }
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTMultiColumnAccessibleItemProvider.CreateIAccessible(
|
||||
ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := nil;
|
||||
if TVirtualStringTree(ATree).Header.UseColumns then
|
||||
result := TVTMultiColumnItemAccessibility.Create(TVirtualStringTree(ATree));
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
IDefaultAccessibleProvider: TVTDefaultAccessibleProvider;
|
||||
IDefaultAccessibleItemProvider: TVTDefaultAccessibleItemProvider;
|
||||
IMultiColumnAccessibleProvider: TVTMultiColumnAccessibleItemProvider;
|
||||
|
||||
initialization
|
||||
if VTAccessibleFactory = nil then
|
||||
VTAccessibleFactory := TVTAccessibilityFactory.Create;
|
||||
if IDefaultAccessibleProvider = nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
IDefaultAccessibleProvider := TVTDefaultAccessibleProvider.Create;
|
||||
VTAccessibleFactory.RegisterAccessibleProvider(IDefaultAccessibleProvider);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if IDefaultAccessibleItemProvider = nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
IDefaultAccessibleItemProvider := TVTDefaultAccessibleItemProvider.Create;
|
||||
VTAccessibleFactory.RegisterAccessibleProvider(IDefaultAccessibleItemProvider);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if IMultiColumnAccessibleProvider = nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
IMultiColumnAccessibleProvider := TVTMultiColumnAccessibleItemProvider.Create;
|
||||
VTAccessibleFactory.RegisterAccessibleProvider(IMultiColumnAccessibleProvider);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
finalization
|
||||
if VTAccessibleFactory <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
VTAccessibleFactory.UnRegisterAccessibleProvider(IMultiColumnAccessibleProvider);
|
||||
IMultiColumnAccessibleProvider := nil;
|
||||
VTAccessibleFactory.UnRegisterAccessibleProvider(IDefaultAccessibleItemProvider);
|
||||
IDefaultAccessibleItemProvider := nil;
|
||||
VTAccessibleFactory.UnRegisterAccessibleProvider(IDefaultAccessibleProvider);
|
||||
IDefaultAccessibleProvider := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit VTAccessibilityFactory;
|
||||
|
||||
// class to create IAccessibles for the tree passed into it.
|
||||
// If not already assigned, creates IAccessibles for the tree itself
|
||||
// and the focused item
|
||||
// the tree accessible is returned when the tree receives an WM_GETOBJECT message
|
||||
// the AccessibleItem is returned when the Accessible is being asked for the first child
|
||||
// To create your own IAccessibles, use the VTStandardAccessible unit as a reference,
|
||||
// and assign your Accessibles to the variables in tthe unit's initialization.
|
||||
// You only need to add the unit to your project, and voilá, you have an accessible string tree!
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Written by Marco Zehe. (c) 2007
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes, oleacc, VirtualTrees;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
IVTAccessibleProvider = interface
|
||||
function CreateIAccessible(ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
TVTAccessibilityFactory = class(TObject)
|
||||
private
|
||||
FAccessibleProviders: TInterfaceList;
|
||||
public
|
||||
constructor Create;
|
||||
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||||
function CreateIAccessible(ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
procedure RegisterAccessibleProvider(AProvider: IVTAccessibleProvider);
|
||||
procedure UnRegisterAccessibleProvider(AProvider: IVTAccessibleProvider);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
VTAccessibleFactory: TVTAccessibilityFactory;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVTAccessibilityFactory }
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TVTAccessibilityFactory.Create;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
FAccessibleProviders := TInterfaceList.Create;
|
||||
FAccessibleProviders.Clear;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTAccessibilityFactory.CreateIAccessible(
|
||||
ATree: TBaseVirtualTree): IAccessible;
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
TmpIAccessible: IAccessible;
|
||||
// returns an IAccessible.
|
||||
// 1. If the Accessible property of the passed-in tree is nil,
|
||||
// the first registered element will be returned.
|
||||
// Usually, this is the IAccessible that provides information about the tree itself.
|
||||
// If it is not nil, we'll check whether the AccessibleItem is nil.
|
||||
// If it is, we'll look in the registered IAccessibles for the appropriate one.
|
||||
// Each IAccessibleProvider will check the tree for properties to determine whether it is responsible.
|
||||
// We'll work top to bottom, from the most complicated to the most simple.
|
||||
// The index for these should all be greater than 0, e g the IAccessible for the tree itself should always be registered first, then any IAccessible items.
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := nil;
|
||||
if ATree <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ATree.Accessible = nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FAccessibleProviders.Count > 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := IVTAccessibleProvider(FAccessibleProviders.Items[0]).CreateIAccessible(ATree);
|
||||
exit;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if ATree.AccessibleItem = nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FAccessibleProviders.Count > 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for I := FAccessibleProviders.Count - 1 downto 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
TmpIAccessible := IVTAccessibleProvider(FAccessibleProviders.Items[I]).CreateIAccessible(ATree);
|
||||
if TmpIAccessible <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := TmpIAccessible;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if TmpIAccessible = nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
result := IVTAccessibleProvider(FAccessibleProviders.Items[0]).CreateIAccessible(ATree);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else begin
|
||||
result := ATree.AccessibleItem;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
destructor TVTAccessibilityFactory.Destroy;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FAccessibleProviders.Free;
|
||||
FAccessibleProviders := nil;
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVTAccessibilityFactory.RegisterAccessibleProvider(
|
||||
AProvider: IVTAccessibleProvider);
|
||||
// Ads a provider if it is not already registered
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FAccessibleProviders.IndexOf(AProvider) < 0 then
|
||||
FAccessibleProviders.Add(AProvider)
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVTAccessibilityFactory.UnRegisterAccessibleProvider(
|
||||
AProvider: IVTAccessibleProvider);
|
||||
// Unregisters/removes an IAccessible provider if it is present
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FAccessibleProviders.IndexOf(AProvider) >= 0 then
|
||||
FAccessibleProviders.Remove(AProvider);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// Configuration file for VirtualTrees.pas (see www.soft-gems.net).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The content of this file is public domain. You may do with it whatever you like, provided the header stays fully intact
|
||||
// in all version and derivative work.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The original code is VTConfig.inc, released October 5, 2004.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The initial developer of the original code is Mike Lischke (public@soft-gems.net, www.soft-gems.net).
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
{.$define UseFlatScrollbars}
|
||||
{.$define ReverseFullExpandHotKey} // Used to define Ctrl+'+' instead of Ctrl+Shift+'+' for full expand (and similar for collapsing).
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this switch for Windows XP theme support. If you compile with Delphi 6 or lower you must download and install
|
||||
// the Soft Gems Theme Manager package.
|
||||
{.$define ThemeSupport}
|
||||
|
||||
// Virtual Treeview can use a tiny but very effective local memory manager for node allocation.
|
||||
// The local memory manager was implemented by David Clark from Caelo Software Inc.
|
||||
// See below for more info about it.
|
||||
{.$define UseLocalMemoryManager}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//Lazarus port options
|
||||
{.$define EnableOLE}
|
||||
{.$define EnableNativeTVM}
|
||||
{.$define EnablePrint}
|
||||
{.$define EnableNCFunctions}
|
||||
{$define EnableAdvancedGraphics}
|
||||
{$define EnableAlphaBlend}
|
||||
{.$define EnableAccessible}
|
||||
{$define ThemeSupport}
|
||||
{$if defined(LCLWin32) or defined(LCLWinCE)}
|
||||
{$define LCLWin}
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
{.$define DEBUG_VTV}
|
||||
{$define USE_DELPHICOMPAT}
|
||||
//since
|
||||
{$if not defined(USE_DELPHICOMPAT) and not defined(LCLWin)}
|
||||
{$define INCOMPLETE_WINAPI}
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
//under linux the performance is poor with threading enabled
|
||||
{$ifdef Windows}
|
||||
{.$define EnableThreadSupport}
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
{$define PACKARRAYPASCAL}
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit VTGraphics;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode delphi}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
DelphiCompat, Types, LCLIntf, LCLType;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// Describes the mode how to blend pixels.
|
||||
TBlendMode = (
|
||||
bmConstantAlpha, // apply given constant alpha
|
||||
bmPerPixelAlpha, // use alpha value of the source pixel
|
||||
bmMasterAlpha, // use alpha value of source pixel and multiply it with the constant alpha value
|
||||
bmConstantAlphaAndColor // blend the destination color with the given constant color und the constant alpha value
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlend(Source, Destination: HDC; const R: TRect; const Target: TPoint; Mode: TBlendMode; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
function CalculateScanline(Bits: Pointer; Width, Height, Row: Integer): Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBitmapBitsFromBitmap(Bitmap: HBITMAP): Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{$i vtgraphicsi.inc}
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit VTHeaderPopup;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
|
||||
// Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
|
||||
// compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
|
||||
// http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Alternatively, you may redistribute this library, use and/or modify it under the terms of the
|
||||
// GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
// either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
// You may obtain a copy of the LGPL at http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
|
||||
// basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
|
||||
// License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
|
||||
// under the License.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Original Code is VTHeaderPopup.pas.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Ralf Junker <delphi@zeitungsjunge.de>. All Rights Reserved.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// September 2004:
|
||||
// - Bug fix: TVTHeaderPopupMenu.OnMenuItemClick used the wrong Tag member for the event.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Modified 12 Dec 2003 by Ralf Junker <delphi@zeitungsjunge.de>.
|
||||
// - Added missing default storage specifier for Options property.
|
||||
// - To avoid mixing up image lists of different trees sharing the same header
|
||||
// popup, set the popup's image list to nil if hoShowImages is not in the
|
||||
// tree's header options.
|
||||
// - Added an additional check for the PopupComponent property before casting
|
||||
// it hardly to a Virtual Treeview in OnMenuItemClick. See entry 31 Mar 2003.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Modified 14 Sep 2003 by Mike Lischke <public@delphi-gems.com>.
|
||||
// - Renamed event type name to be consistent with other event types (e.g. used in VT).
|
||||
// - Added event for hiding/showing columns.
|
||||
// - DoXXX method are now virtual.
|
||||
// - Conditional code rearrangement to get back Ctrl+Shift+Up/Down navigation.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Modified 31 Mar 2003 by Mike Lischke <public@soft-gems.net>.
|
||||
// - Added a check for the PopupComponent property before casting it hardly to
|
||||
// a Virtual Treeview. People might (accidentally) misuse the header popup.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Modified 20 Oct 2002 by Borut Maricic <borut.maricic@pobox.com>.
|
||||
// - Added the possibility to use Troy Wolbrink's Unicode aware popup menu.
|
||||
// Define the compiler symbol TNT to enable it. You can get Troy's Unicode
|
||||
// controls collection from http://home.ccci.org/wolbrink/tnt/delphi_unicode_controls.htm.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Modified 24 Feb 2002 by Ralf Junker <delphi@zeitungsjunge.de>.
|
||||
// - Fixed a bug where the OnAddHeaderPopupItem would interfere with
|
||||
// poAllowHideAll options.
|
||||
// - All column indexes now consistently use TColumnIndex (instead of Integer).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Modified 23 Feb 2002 by Ralf Junker <delphi@zeitungsjunge.de>.
|
||||
// - Added option to show menu items in the same order as the columns or in
|
||||
// original order.
|
||||
// - Added option to prevent the user to hide all columns.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Modified 17 Feb 2002 by Jim Kueneman <jimdk@mindspring.com>.
|
||||
// - Added the event to filter the items as they are added to the menu.
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
{$mode delphi}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{$ifdef TNT}
|
||||
TntMenus,
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
Menus,
|
||||
{$endif TNT}
|
||||
VirtualTrees;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
TVTHeaderPopupOption = (
|
||||
poOriginalOrder, // Show menu items in original column order as they were added to the tree.
|
||||
poAllowHideAll // Allows to hide all columns, including the last one.
|
||||
);
|
||||
TVTHeaderPopupOptions = set of TVTHeaderPopupOption;
|
||||
|
||||
TAddPopupItemType = (
|
||||
apNormal,
|
||||
apDisabled,
|
||||
apHidden
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
TAddHeaderPopupItemEvent = procedure(const Sender: TBaseVirtualTree; const Column: TColumnIndex;
|
||||
var Cmd: TAddPopupItemType) of object;
|
||||
TColumnChangeEvent = procedure(const Sender: TBaseVirtualTree; const Column: TColumnIndex; Visible: Boolean) of object;
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef TNT}
|
||||
TVTMenuItem = TTntMenuItem;
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
TVTMenuItem = TMenuItem;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef TNT}
|
||||
TVTHeaderPopupMenu = class(TTntPopupMenu)
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
TVTHeaderPopupMenu = class(TPopupMenu)
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
private
|
||||
FOptions: TVTHeaderPopupOptions;
|
||||
|
||||
FOnAddHeaderPopupItem: TAddHeaderPopupItemEvent;
|
||||
FOnColumnChange: TColumnChangeEvent;
|
||||
protected
|
||||
procedure DoAddHeaderPopupItem(const Column: TColumnIndex; out Cmd: TAddPopupItemType); virtual;
|
||||
procedure DoColumnChange(Column: TColumnIndex; Visible: Boolean); virtual;
|
||||
procedure OnMenuItemClick(Sender: TObject);
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure Popup(x, y: Integer); override;
|
||||
published
|
||||
property Options: TVTHeaderPopupOptions read FOptions write FOptions default [];
|
||||
|
||||
property OnAddHeaderPopupItem: TAddHeaderPopupItemEvent read FOnAddHeaderPopupItem write FOnAddHeaderPopupItem;
|
||||
property OnColumnChange: TColumnChangeEvent read FOnColumnChange write FOnColumnChange;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{$ifdef TNT}
|
||||
TnTClasses
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
Classes
|
||||
{$endif TNT};
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
TVirtualTreeCast = class(TBaseVirtualTree); // Necessary to make the header accessible.
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------- TVTHeaderPopupMenu ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVTHeaderPopupMenu.DoAddHeaderPopupItem(const Column: TColumnIndex; out Cmd: TAddPopupItemType);
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Cmd := apNormal;
|
||||
if Assigned(FOnAddHeaderPopupItem) then
|
||||
FOnAddHeaderPopupItem(TVirtualTreeCast(PopupComponent), Column, Cmd);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVTHeaderPopupMenu.DoColumnChange(Column: TColumnIndex; Visible: Boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(FOnColumnChange) then
|
||||
FOnColumnChange(TVirtualTreeCast(PopupComponent), Column, Visible);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVTHeaderPopupMenu.OnMenuItemClick(Sender: TObject);
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(PopupComponent) and (PopupComponent is TBaseVirtualTree) then
|
||||
with TVTMenuItem(Sender),
|
||||
TVirtualTreeCast(PopupComponent).Header.Columns.Items[Tag] do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Checked then
|
||||
Options := Options - [coVisible]
|
||||
else
|
||||
Options := Options + [coVisible];
|
||||
|
||||
DoColumnChange(TVTMenuItem(Sender).Tag, not Checked);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVTHeaderPopupMenu.Popup(x, y: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
ColPos: TColumnPosition;
|
||||
ColIdx: TColumnIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
NewMenuItem: TVTMenuItem;
|
||||
Cmd: TAddPopupItemType;
|
||||
|
||||
VisibleCounter: Cardinal;
|
||||
VisibleItem: TVTMenuItem;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(PopupComponent) and (PopupComponent is TBaseVirtualTree) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Delete existing menu items.
|
||||
I := Items.Count;
|
||||
while I > 0 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Dec(I);
|
||||
Items[I].Free;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// Add column menu items.
|
||||
with TVirtualTreeCast(PopupComponent).Header do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if hoShowImages in Options then
|
||||
Self.Images := Images
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Remove a possible reference to image list of another tree previously assigned.
|
||||
Self.Images := nil;
|
||||
VisibleItem := nil;
|
||||
VisibleCounter := 0;
|
||||
for ColPos := 0 to Columns.Count - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if poOriginalOrder in FOptions then
|
||||
ColIdx := ColPos
|
||||
else
|
||||
ColIdx := Columns.ColumnFromPosition(ColPos);
|
||||
|
||||
with Columns[ColIdx] do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if coVisible in Options then
|
||||
Inc(VisibleCounter);
|
||||
DoAddHeaderPopupItem(ColIdx, Cmd);
|
||||
if Cmd <> apHidden then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
NewMenuItem := TVTMenuItem.Create(Self);
|
||||
NewMenuItem.Tag := ColIdx;
|
||||
NewMenuItem.Caption := Text;
|
||||
NewMenuItem.Hint := Hint;
|
||||
NewMenuItem.ImageIndex := ImageIndex;
|
||||
NewMenuItem.Checked := coVisible in Options;
|
||||
NewMenuItem.OnClick := OnMenuItemClick;
|
||||
if Cmd = apDisabled then
|
||||
NewMenuItem.Enabled := False
|
||||
else
|
||||
if coVisible in Options then
|
||||
VisibleItem := NewMenuItem;
|
||||
Items.Add(NewMenuItem);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// Conditionally disable menu item of last enabled column.
|
||||
if (VisibleCounter = 1) and (VisibleItem <> nil) and not (poAllowHideAll in FOptions) then
|
||||
VisibleItem.Enabled := False;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Index: VTConfig.inc
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
--- VTConfig.inc (revision 2731)
|
||||
+++ VTConfig.inc (working copy)
|
||||
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//Lazarus port options
|
||||
-{$define EnableOLE}
|
||||
+{.$define EnableOLE}
|
||||
{.$define EnableNativeTVM}
|
||||
{.$define EnablePrint}
|
||||
{.$define EnableNCFunctions}
|
||||
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
//under linux the performance is poor with threading enabled
|
||||
{$ifdef Windows}
|
||||
- {$define EnableThreadSupport}
|
||||
+ {.$define EnableThreadSupport}
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
{$define PACKARRAYPASCAL}
|
||||
Index: VirtualTrees.pas
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
--- VirtualTrees.pas (revision 2731)
|
||||
+++ VirtualTrees.pas (working copy)
|
||||
@@ -745,6 +745,7 @@
|
||||
toAutoHideButtons, // Node buttons are hidden when there are child nodes, but all are invisible.
|
||||
toAutoDeleteMovedNodes, // Delete nodes which where moved in a drag operation (if not directed otherwise).
|
||||
toDisableAutoscrollOnFocus, // Disable scrolling a node or column into view if it gets focused.
|
||||
+ toDisableAutoscrollHorizontal, // Only autoscroll on focus vertically never horizontally
|
||||
toAutoChangeScale, // Change default node height automatically if the system's font scale is set to big fonts.
|
||||
toAutoFreeOnCollapse, // Frees any child node after a node has been collapsed (HasChildren flag stays there).
|
||||
toDisableAutoscrollOnEdit, // Do not center a node horizontally when it is edited.
|
||||
@@ -2018,7 +2019,7 @@
|
||||
var Allowed: Boolean) of object;
|
||||
TVTDragOverEvent = procedure(Sender: TBaseVirtualTree; Source: TObject; Shift: TShiftState; State: TDragState;
|
||||
const Pt: TPoint; Mode: TDropMode; var Effect: LongWord; var Accept: Boolean) of object;
|
||||
- TVTDragDropEvent = procedure(Sender: TBaseVirtualTree; Source: TObject; DataObject: IDataObject;
|
||||
+ TVTDragDropEvent = procedure(Sender: TBaseVirtualTree; Source: TObject; {DataObject: IDataObject;}
|
||||
Formats: TFormatArray; Shift: TShiftState; const Pt: TPoint; var Effect: LongWord; Mode: TDropMode) of object;
|
||||
TVTRenderOLEDataEvent = procedure(Sender: TBaseVirtualTree; const FormatEtcIn: TFormatEtc; out Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
ForClipboard: Boolean; var Result: HRESULT) of object;
|
||||
@@ -2543,6 +2544,7 @@
|
||||
procedure BeginOperation;
|
||||
function CalculateSelectionRect(X, Y: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||||
function CanAutoScroll: Boolean; virtual;
|
||||
+ function CanScroll(const ClientMousePos: TPoint): Boolean; virtual;
|
||||
function CanShowDragImage: Boolean; virtual;
|
||||
procedure Change(Node: PVirtualNode); virtual;
|
||||
procedure ChangeScale(M, D: Integer); override;
|
||||
@@ -3015,6 +3017,7 @@
|
||||
function GetNextNoInit(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = False): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetNextSelected(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = False): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetNextSibling(Node: PVirtualNode): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
+ function GetNextSiblingNoInit(Node: PVirtualNode): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetNextVisible(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = True): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetNextVisibleNoInit(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = True): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetNextVisibleSibling(Node: PVirtualNode): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
@@ -3033,6 +3036,7 @@
|
||||
function GetPreviousNoInit(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = False): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetPreviousSelected(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = False): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetPreviousSibling(Node: PVirtualNode): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
+ function GetPreviousSiblingNoInit(Node: PVirtualNode): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetPreviousVisible(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = True): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetPreviousVisibleNoInit(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = True): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
function GetPreviousVisibleSibling(Node: PVirtualNode): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
@@ -13858,7 +13862,7 @@
|
||||
FFocusedColumn := Value;
|
||||
if Assigned(FFocusedNode) and not (toDisableAutoscrollOnFocus in FOptions.FAutoOptions) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
- if ScrollIntoView(FFocusedNode, toCenterScrollIntoView in FOptions.SelectionOptions, True) then
|
||||
+ if ScrollIntoView(FFocusedNode, toCenterScrollIntoView in FOptions.SelectionOptions, not (toDisableAutoscrollHorizontal in FOptions.FAutoOptions)) then
|
||||
InvalidateNode(FFocusedNode);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -15036,7 +15040,8 @@
|
||||
LeaveStates := [tsHint];
|
||||
if [tsWheelPanning, tsWheelScrolling] * FStates = [] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
- KillTimer(Handle, ScrollTimer);
|
||||
+ if HandleAllocated then
|
||||
+ KillTimer(Handle, ScrollTimer);
|
||||
LeaveStates := LeaveStates + [tsScrollPending, tsScrolling];
|
||||
end;
|
||||
DoStateChange([], LeaveStates);
|
||||
@@ -15660,7 +15665,7 @@
|
||||
if (Shift = [ssCtrlOS]) and not ActAsGrid then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ScrollIntoView(Node, toCenterScrollIntoView in FOptions.SelectionOptions,
|
||||
- not (toDisableAutoscrollOnFocus in FOptions.FAutoOptions));
|
||||
+ not (toDisableAutoscrollHorizontal in FOptions.FAutoOptions));
|
||||
if (CharCode = VK_HOME) and not UseRightToLeftAlignment then
|
||||
SetOffsetX(0)
|
||||
else
|
||||
@@ -17879,7 +17884,7 @@
|
||||
if hoVisible in FHeader.FOptions then
|
||||
Dec(Y, FHeader.Height);
|
||||
|
||||
- if (Y > 0) and (Y < Integer(FDefaultNodeHeight)) and (FOffsetY <> 0) then
|
||||
+ if (Y < Integer(FDefaultNodeHeight)) and (FOffsetY <> 0) then
|
||||
Include(Result, sdUp);
|
||||
|
||||
//todo: probably the code below is bug due to poor timeGetTime implementation
|
||||
@@ -18424,7 +18429,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(FOnDragDrop) then
|
||||
- FOnDragDrop(Self, Source, DataObject, Formats, Shift, Pt, Effect, Mode);
|
||||
+ FOnDragDrop(Self, Source, {DataObject, }Formats, Shift, Pt, Effect, Mode);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@@ -18576,7 +18581,7 @@
|
||||
InvalidateNode(FFocusedNode);
|
||||
if (FUpdateCount = 0) and not (toDisableAutoscrollOnFocus in FOptions.FAutoOptions) then
|
||||
ScrollIntoView(FFocusedNode, (toCenterScrollIntoView in FOptions.SelectionOptions) and
|
||||
- (MouseButtonDown * FStates = []), True);
|
||||
+ (MouseButtonDown * FStates = []), not (toDisableAutoscrollHorizontal in FOptions.FAutoOptions));
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset range anchor if necessary.
|
||||
@@ -19392,7 +19397,7 @@
|
||||
ClientP := ScreenToClient(P);
|
||||
Panning := [tsWheelPanning, tsWheelScrolling] * FStates <> [];
|
||||
|
||||
- if IsMouseSelecting or InRect or Panning then
|
||||
+ if IsMouseSelecting or InRect or Panning or CanScroll(ClientP) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
DeltaX := 0;
|
||||
DeltaY := 0;
|
||||
@@ -21111,7 +21116,7 @@
|
||||
if NewNode or NewColumn then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ScrollIntoView(FFocusedNode, toCenterScrollIntoView in FOptions.SelectionOptions,
|
||||
- not (toDisableAutoscrollOnFocus in FOptions.FAutoOptions));
|
||||
+ not (toDisableAutoscrollHorizontal in FOptions.FAutoOptions));
|
||||
DoFocusChange(FFocusedNode, FFocusedColumn);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
@@ -21809,7 +21814,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Y < 0 then
|
||||
- Y := 0;
|
||||
+ Exit(nil);
|
||||
|
||||
AbsolutePos := Y;
|
||||
if Relative then
|
||||
@@ -24335,6 +24340,12 @@
|
||||
DoCanEdit(Node, Column, Result);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
+function TBaseVirtualTree.CanScroll(const ClientMousePos: TPoint): Boolean;
|
||||
+// Determines whether auto scrolling can occur based on current mouse cursor position.
|
||||
+begin
|
||||
+ Result := False;
|
||||
+end;
|
||||
+
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TBaseVirtualTree.Clear;
|
||||
@@ -26446,6 +26457,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
+function TBaseVirtualTree.GetNextSiblingNoInit(Node: PVirtualNode): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
+
|
||||
+// Returns the next sibling of Node performing no initialization.
|
||||
+
|
||||
+begin
|
||||
+ Result := Node;
|
||||
+ if Assigned(Result) then
|
||||
+ begin
|
||||
+ Assert(Result <> FRoot, 'Node must not be the hidden root node.');
|
||||
+
|
||||
+ Result := Result.NextSibling;
|
||||
+ end;
|
||||
+end;
|
||||
+
|
||||
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
+
|
||||
function TBaseVirtualTree.GetNextVisible(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = True): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns next node in tree, with regard to Node, which is visible.
|
||||
@@ -27064,6 +27091,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
+function TBaseVirtualTree.GetPreviousSiblingNoInit(Node: PVirtualNode): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
+
|
||||
+// Get next sibling of Node, performes no initialization.
|
||||
+
|
||||
+begin
|
||||
+ Result := Node;
|
||||
+ if Assigned(Result) then
|
||||
+ begin
|
||||
+ Assert(Result <> FRoot, 'Node must not be the hidden root node.');
|
||||
+
|
||||
+ Result := Result.PrevSibling;
|
||||
+ end;
|
||||
+end;
|
||||
+
|
||||
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
+
|
||||
function TBaseVirtualTree.GetPreviousVisible(Node: PVirtualNode; ConsiderChildrenAbove: Boolean = True): PVirtualNode;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the previous node in tree, with regard to Node, which is visible.
|
||||
@@ -29252,6 +29295,7 @@
|
||||
HScrollBarVisible: Boolean;
|
||||
ScrolledVertically,
|
||||
ScrolledHorizontally: Boolean;
|
||||
+ OffY, OffYM: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: minimize calls to ClientHeight and ClientWidth
|
||||
@@ -29296,7 +29340,14 @@
|
||||
if Center then
|
||||
SetOffsetY(FOffsetY - R.Bottom + ClientHeight div 2)
|
||||
else
|
||||
- SetOffsetY(FOffsetY - R.Bottom + ClientHeight);
|
||||
+ begin
|
||||
+ // Leave additional space at the bottom to have scrollrect start with full row.
|
||||
+ OffY := FOffsetY - R.Bottom + ClientHeight;
|
||||
+ OffYM := OffY mod DefaultNodeHeight;
|
||||
+ if OffYM <> 0 then
|
||||
+ OffY := OffY - (DefaultNodeHeight + OffYM);
|
||||
+ SetOffsetY(OffY);
|
||||
+ end;
|
||||
// When scrolling up and the horizontal scroll appears because of the operation
|
||||
// then we have to move up the node the horizontal scrollbar's height too
|
||||
// in order to avoid that the scroll bar hides the node which we wanted to have in view.
|
||||
@@ -29350,10 +29401,13 @@
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
- if ColumnRight > ClientWidth then
|
||||
- NewOffset := FEffectiveOffsetX + (ColumnRight - ClientWidth)
|
||||
- else if ColumnLeft < Header.Columns.GetVisibleFixedWidth then
|
||||
- NewOffset := FEffectiveOffsetX - (Header.Columns.GetVisibleFixedWidth - ColumnLeft);
|
||||
+ if FHeader.Columns.Count > 1 then
|
||||
+ begin
|
||||
+ if ColumnRight > ClientWidth then
|
||||
+ NewOffset := FEffectiveOffsetX + (ColumnRight - ClientWidth)
|
||||
+ else if ColumnLeft < Header.Columns.GetVisibleFixedWidth then
|
||||
+ NewOffset := FEffectiveOffsetX - (Header.Columns.GetVisibleFixedWidth - ColumnLeft);
|
||||
+ end;
|
||||
if NewOffset <> FEffectiveOffsetX then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if UseRightToLeftAlignment then
|
||||
Index: include/intf/qt/vtgraphicsi.inc
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
--- include/intf/qt/vtgraphicsi.inc (revision 2731)
|
||||
+++ include/intf/qt/vtgraphicsi.inc (working copy)
|
||||
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV EAX, 128
|
||||
- DB $0F, $6E, AlphaBlendLineConstant$E0 /// MOVD MM4, EAX
|
||||
+ DB $0F, $6E, $E0 /// MOVD MM4, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $E4 /// PUNPCKLWD MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $E4 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM4, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
Index: units/carbon/fakemmsystem.pas
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
--- units/carbon/fakemmsystem.pas (revision 2731)
|
||||
+++ units/carbon/fakemmsystem.pas (working copy)
|
||||
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
+uses
|
||||
+ LCLIntf;
|
||||
+
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -26,12 +29,8 @@
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
-var
|
||||
- ATime: TSystemTime;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
- //todo: properly implement
|
||||
- GetLocalTime(ATime);
|
||||
- Result := ATime.MilliSecond;
|
||||
+ Result := GetTickCount;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
Index: units/qt/fakemmsystem.pas
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
--- units/qt/fakemmsystem.pas (revision 2731)
|
||||
+++ units/qt/fakemmsystem.pas (working copy)
|
||||
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
+uses
|
||||
+ LCLIntf;
|
||||
+
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -26,12 +29,8 @@
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
-var
|
||||
- ATime: TSystemTime;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
- //todo: properly implement
|
||||
- GetLocalTime(ATime);
|
||||
- Result := ATime.MilliSecond;
|
||||
+ Result := GetTickCount;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
Index: units/win32/virtualpanningwindow.pas
|
||||
===================================================================
|
||||
--- units/win32/virtualpanningwindow.pas (revision 2731)
|
||||
+++ units/win32/virtualpanningwindow.pas (working copy)
|
||||
@@ -41,9 +41,10 @@
|
||||
PanningObject:=TVirtualPanningWindow(GetWindowLongPtrW(Window,GWL_USERDATA));
|
||||
if Assigned(PanningObject) then
|
||||
PanningObject.HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
+ Result := 0;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
- DefWindowProc(Window,Msg,WPara,LPara);
|
||||
+ Result := DefWindowProc(Window,Msg,WPara,LPara);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
@@ -87,8 +88,7 @@
|
||||
with Position do
|
||||
FHandle := CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, PanningWindowClass.lpszClassName, nil, WS_POPUP, X - 16, Y - 16,
|
||||
32, 32, OwnerHandle, 0, HInstance, nil);
|
||||
- //todo use SetWindowLongPtr later
|
||||
- SetWindowLong(FHandle,GWL_USERDATA,PtrInt(Self));
|
||||
+ SetWindowLongPtr(FHandle,GWL_USERDATA,LONG_PTR(Self));
|
||||
|
||||
FImage := TBitmap.Create;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
|
|||
LazarusResources.Add('tvirtualdrawtree','XPM',[
|
||||
'/* XPM */'#10'static char * tvirtualdrawtree_xpm[] = {'#10'"24 24 8 1",'#10
|
||||
+'".'#9'c #000000",'#10'"+'#9'c None",'#10'"@'#9'c #808000",'#10'"#'#9'c #20A'
|
||||
+'080",'#10'"$'#9'c #808080",'#10'"%'#9'c #C0A000",'#10'"&'#9'c #C0C0C0",'#10
|
||||
+'"*'#9'c #FFFFFF",'#10'"++++++..++++++++++++++++",'#10'"+++++.&&............'
|
||||
+'.+++",'#10'"++++.***&&&&&&&&&&$$@.++",'#10'"++++.************@$$$.++",'#10
|
||||
+'"+++.************@$$$$.++",'#10'"++++...@********.$$$$.++",'#10'"+++++++...'
|
||||
+'......$$$$@+++",'#10'"+++++++.$$$$$$$$***$.+++",'#10'"+++++++.*******%***&.'
|
||||
+'+++",'#10'"+++++++.*.****%%%**$.+++",'#10'"+++++++.*...*%%%%%*.++++",'#10'"'
|
||||
+'+++++++.*.**%%%%%%%.++++",'#10'"++++++.**.***####**.++++",'#10'"+++++.$**.*'
|
||||
+'*######*.++++",'#10'"+++++.&**..*######*.++++",'#10'"+++++.******######*.++'
|
||||
+'++",'#10'"+++++.*******####**&.+++",'#10'"+...+.***.....******.+++",'#10'"+'
|
||||
+'.&&@....&&&&&.****$.+++",'#10'"+.&&&&&&&&&&&&&.**&.++++",'#10'"++.$&&&&&&&&'
|
||||
+'&&&.&&&.++++",'#10'"++.$$$$$$$$$$$$$.&.+++++",'#10'"+++...............+++++'
|
||||
+'+",'#10'"++++++++++++++++++++++++"};'#10
|
||||
]);
|
||||
LazarusResources.Add('tvirtualstringtree','XPM',[
|
||||
'/* XPM */'#10'static char * tvirtualstringtree_xpm[] = {'#10'"24 24 8 1",'#10
|
||||
+'".'#9'c #000000",'#10'"+'#9'c None",'#10'"@'#9'c #808000",'#10'"#'#9'c #20A'
|
||||
+'080",'#10'"$'#9'c #808080",'#10'"%'#9'c #C0A000",'#10'"&'#9'c #C0C0C0",'#10
|
||||
+'"*'#9'c #FFFFFF",'#10'"++++++..++++++++++++++++",'#10'"+++++.&&............'
|
||||
+'.+++",'#10'"++++.***&&&&&&&&&&$$@.++",'#10'"++++.************@$$$.++",'#10
|
||||
+'"+++.************@$$$$.++",'#10'"++++...@********.$$$$.++",'#10'"+++++++...'
|
||||
+'......$$$$@+++",'#10'"+++++++.$$$$$$$$***$.+++",'#10'"+++++++.***********&.'
|
||||
+'+++",'#10'"+++++++.*.**......*$.+++",'#10'"+++++++.*....%%%%.*.++++",'#10'"'
|
||||
+'+++++++.*.**......*.++++",'#10'"++++++.**.*********.++++",'#10'"+++++.$**.*'
|
||||
+'*......*.++++",'#10'"+++++.&**....####.*.++++",'#10'"+++++.******......*.++'
|
||||
+'++",'#10'"+++++.*************&.+++",'#10'"+...+.***.....******.+++",'#10'"+'
|
||||
+'.&&@....&&&&&.****$.+++",'#10'"+.&&&&&&&&&&&&&.**&.++++",'#10'"++.$&&&&&&&&'
|
||||
+'&&&.&&&.++++",'#10'"++.$$$$$$$$$$$$$.&.+++++",'#10'"+++...............+++++'
|
||||
+'+",'#10'"++++++++++++++++++++++++"};'#10
|
||||
]);
|
||||
LazarusResources.Add('tvtheaderpopupmenu','XPM',[
|
||||
'/* XPM */'#10'static char * tvtheaderpopupmenu_xpm[] = {'#10'"24 24 7 1",'#10
|
||||
+'".'#9'c #000000",'#10'"+'#9'c #000080",'#10'"@'#9'c None",'#10'"#'#9'c #808'
|
||||
+'000",'#10'"$'#9'c #808080",'#10'"%'#9'c #C0C0C0",'#10'"&'#9'c #FFFFFF",'#10
|
||||
+'"@@@@@@..@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@",'#10'"@@@@@.%%.............@@@",'#10'"@@@@.&&&%%'
|
||||
+'%%%%%%%%$$#.@@",'#10'"@@@@.&&&&&&&&&&&&#$$$.@@",'#10'"@@@.&&&&&&&&&&&&#$$$$'
|
||||
+'.@@",'#10'"@@@@...#&&&&&&&&.$$$$.@@",'#10'"@@@@@@@.........$$$$#@@@",'#10'"'
|
||||
+'@@@@@@@.$$$$$$$$&&&$.@@@",'#10'"@@@@@@@.$&&&&&&.&&&%.@@@",'#10'"@@@@@@@.$&+'
|
||||
+'++&&.&&&$.@@@",'#10'"@@@@@@@.$&&&&&&.&&&.@@@@",'#10'"@@@@@@@.$&+++++.&&&.@@'
|
||||
+'@@",'#10'"@@@@@@.&$+&&&+&+&&&.@@@@",'#10'"@@@@@.$&$&++++&&+&&.@@@@",'#10'"@'
|
||||
+'@@@@.%&$&&&&+&&&+&.@@@@",'#10'"@@@@@.&&$....+&&&&+.@@@@",'#10'"@@@@@.&&&&&&'
|
||||
+'&+&&&++++@@@",'#10'"@...@.&&&....+&&&&+&.@@@",'#10'"@.%%#....%%%%+&++&&+.@@'
|
||||
+'@",'#10'"@.%%%%%%%%%%%++$+&&+@@@@",'#10'"@@.$%%%%%%%%%+%.%+&&+@@@",'#10'"@@'
|
||||
+'.$$$$$$$$$$$$$.+&&+@@@",'#10'"@@@...............++@@@@",'#10'"@@@@@@@@@@@@@'
|
||||
+'@@@@@@@@@@@"};'#10
|
||||
]);
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$i ../dummyolemethods.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
|
|||
//todo: properly implement
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlend(Source, Destination: HDC; const R: TRect; const Target: TPoint; Mode: TBlendMode; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case Mode of
|
||||
bmConstantAlpha,
|
||||
bmPerPixelAlpha,
|
||||
bmMasterAlpha,
|
||||
bmConstantAlphaAndColor:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
BitBlt(Destination, Target.X, Target.Y, R.Right - R.Left, R.Bottom - R.Top, Source, R.Left, R.Right, SRCCOPY);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CalculateScanline(Bits: Pointer; Width, Height, Row: Integer): Pointer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBitmapBitsFromBitmap(Bitmap: HBITMAP): Pointer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$i ../dummydragmanager.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,790 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// OLE drag and drop support classes
|
||||
// This is quite heavy stuff (compared with the VCL implementation) but is much better suited to fit the needs
|
||||
// of DD'ing various kinds of virtual data and works also between applications.
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------- TEnumFormatEtc -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TEnumFormatEtc.Create(Tree: TBaseVirtualTree; AFormatEtcArray: TFormatEtcArray);
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
FTree := Tree;
|
||||
// Make a local copy of the format data.
|
||||
SetLength(FFormatEtcArray, Length(AFormatEtcArray));
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(AFormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
FFormatEtcArray[I] := AFormatEtcArray[I];
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TEnumFormatEtc.Clone(out Enum: IEnumFormatEtc): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
AClone: TEnumFormatEtc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
try
|
||||
AClone := TEnumFormatEtc.Create(nil, FFormatEtcArray);
|
||||
AClone.FCurrentIndex := FCurrentIndex;
|
||||
Enum := AClone as IEnumFormatEtc;
|
||||
except
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TEnumFormatEtc.Next(celt: LongWord; out elt: FormatEtc;pceltFetched:pULong=nil): HResult;
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
CopyCount: LongWord;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
CopyCount := Length(FFormatEtcArray) - FCurrentIndex;
|
||||
if celt < CopyCount then
|
||||
CopyCount := celt;
|
||||
if CopyCount > 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Move(FFormatEtcArray[FCurrentIndex], elt, CopyCount * SizeOf(TFormatEtc));
|
||||
Inc(FCurrentIndex, CopyCount);
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
//todo_lcl_check Delphi treats pceltFetched an PInteger. Implemented like in fpc.activex. What heappens with
|
||||
// a C Program call with a NULL in pCeltFetcjed??
|
||||
//Answer: Yes. Is necessary a check here
|
||||
if @pceltFetched <> nil then
|
||||
pceltFetched := CopyCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TEnumFormatEtc.Reset: HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
FCurrentIndex := 0;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TEnumFormatEtc.Skip(celt: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if FCurrentIndex + celt < High(FFormatEtcArray) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Inc(FCurrentIndex, celt);
|
||||
Result := S_Ok;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------- TVTDataObject --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TVTDataObject.Create(AOwner: TBaseVirtualTree; ForClipboard: Boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
FOwner := AOwner;
|
||||
FForClipboard := ForClipboard;
|
||||
FOwner.GetNativeClipboardFormats(FFormatEtcArray);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
destructor TVTDataObject.Destroy;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
StgMedium: PStgMedium;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Cancel a pending clipboard operation if this data object was created for the clipboard and
|
||||
// is freed because something else is placed there.
|
||||
if FForClipboard and not (tsClipboardFlushing in FOwner.FStates) then
|
||||
FOwner.CancelCutOrCopy;
|
||||
|
||||
// Release any internal clipboard formats
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(FormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
StgMedium := FindInternalStgMedium(FormatEtcArray[I].cfFormat);
|
||||
if Assigned(StgMedium) then
|
||||
ReleaseStgMedium(StgMedium);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
FormatEtcArray := nil;
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.CanonicalIUnknown(TestUnknown: IUnknown): IUnknown;
|
||||
|
||||
// Uses COM object identity: An explicit call to the IUnknown::QueryInterface method, requesting the IUnknown
|
||||
// interface, will always return the same pointer.
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Assigned(TestUnknown) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if TestUnknown.QueryInterface(IUnknown, Result) = 0 then
|
||||
Result._Release // Don't actually need it just need the pointer value
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := TestUnknown
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := TestUnknown
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.EqualFormatEtc(FormatEtc1, FormatEtc2: TFormatEtc): Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := (FormatEtc1.cfFormat = FormatEtc2.cfFormat) and (FormatEtc1.ptd = FormatEtc2.ptd) and
|
||||
(FormatEtc1.dwAspect = FormatEtc2.dwAspect) and (FormatEtc1.lindex = FormatEtc2.lindex) and
|
||||
(FormatEtc1.tymed and FormatEtc2.tymed <> 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.FindFormatEtc(TestFormatEtc: TFormatEtc; const FormatEtcArray: TFormatEtcArray): integer;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := -1;
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(FormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if EqualFormatEtc(TestFormatEtc, FormatEtcArray[I]) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := I;
|
||||
Break;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.FindInternalStgMedium(Format: TClipFormat): PStgMedium;
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(InternalStgMediumArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Format = InternalStgMediumArray[I].Format then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := @InternalStgMediumArray[I].Medium;
|
||||
Break;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.HGlobalClone(HGlobal: THandle): THandle;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a global memory block that is a copy of the passed memory block.
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
Size: Cardinal;
|
||||
Data,
|
||||
NewData: PChar;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Size := GlobalSize(HGlobal);
|
||||
Result := GlobalAlloc(GPTR, Size);
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(hGlobal);
|
||||
try
|
||||
NewData := GlobalLock(Result);
|
||||
try
|
||||
Move(Data^, NewData^, Size);
|
||||
finally
|
||||
GlobalUnLock(Result);
|
||||
end
|
||||
finally
|
||||
GlobalUnLock(hGlobal);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.RenderInternalOLEData(const FormatEtcIn: TFormatEtc; var Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
var OLEResult: HResult): Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
// Tries to render one of the formats which have been stored via the SetData method.
|
||||
// Since this data is already there it is just copied or its reference count is increased (depending on storage medium).
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
InternalMedium: PStgMedium;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := True;
|
||||
InternalMedium := FindInternalStgMedium(FormatEtcIn.cfFormat);
|
||||
if Assigned(InternalMedium) then
|
||||
OLEResult := StgMediumIncRef(InternalMedium^, Medium, False, Self as IDataObject)
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.StgMediumIncRef(const InStgMedium: TStgMedium; var OutStgMedium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
CopyInMedium: Boolean; DataObject: IDataObject): HRESULT;
|
||||
|
||||
// InStgMedium is the data that is requested, OutStgMedium is the data that we are to return either a copy of or
|
||||
// increase the IDataObject's reference and send ourselves back as the data (unkForRelease). The InStgMedium is usually
|
||||
// the result of a call to find a particular FormatEtc that has been stored locally through a call to SetData.
|
||||
// If CopyInMedium is not true we already have a local copy of the data when the SetData function was called (during
|
||||
// that call the CopyInMedium must be true). Then as the caller asks for the data through GetData we do not have to make
|
||||
// copy of the data for the caller only to have them destroy it then need us to copy it again if necessary.
|
||||
// This way we increase the reference count to ourselves and pass the STGMEDIUM structure initially stored in SetData.
|
||||
// This way when the caller frees the structure it sees the unkForRelease is not nil and calls Release on the object
|
||||
// instead of destroying the actual data.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Len: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Simply copy all fields to start with.
|
||||
OutStgMedium := InStgMedium;
|
||||
// The data handled here always results from a call of SetData we got. This ensures only one storage format
|
||||
// is indicated and hence the case statement below is safe (IDataObject.GetData can optionally use several
|
||||
// storage formats).
|
||||
case InStgMedium.tymed of
|
||||
TYMED_HGLOBAL:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if CopyInMedium then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Generate a unique copy of the data passed
|
||||
OutStgMedium.hGlobal := HGlobalClone(InStgMedium.hGlobal);
|
||||
if OutStgMedium.hGlobal = 0 then
|
||||
Result := E_OUTOFMEMORY
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Don't generate a copy just use ourselves and the copy previously saved.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease := Pointer(DataObject); // Does not increase RefCount.
|
||||
end;
|
||||
TYMED_FILE:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo_lcl_check
|
||||
Len := Length(WideString(InStgMedium.lpszFileName)) + 1; // Don't forget the terminating null character.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.lpszFileName := CoTaskMemAlloc(2 * Len);
|
||||
Move(InStgMedium.lpszFileName^, OutStgMedium.lpszFileName^, 2 * Len);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
TYMED_ISTREAM:
|
||||
IUnknown(OutStgMedium.Pstm)._AddRef;
|
||||
TYMED_ISTORAGE:
|
||||
IUnknown(OutStgMedium.Pstg)._AddRef;
|
||||
TYMED_GDI:
|
||||
if not CopyInMedium then
|
||||
// Don't generate a copy just use ourselves and the previously saved data.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease := Pointer(DataObject) // Does not increase RefCount.
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED; // Don't know how to copy GDI objects right now.
|
||||
TYMED_MFPICT:
|
||||
if not CopyInMedium then
|
||||
// Don't generate a copy just use ourselves and the previously saved data.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease := Pointer(DataObject) // Does not increase RefCount.
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED; // Don't know how to copy MetaFile objects right now.
|
||||
TYMED_ENHMF:
|
||||
if not CopyInMedium then
|
||||
// Don't generate a copy just use ourselves and the previously saved data.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease := Pointer(DataObject) // Does not increase RefCount.
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED; // Don't know how to copy enhanced metafiles objects right now.
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if (Result = S_OK) and Assigned(OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease) then
|
||||
IUnknown(OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease)._AddRef;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.DAdvise(const FormatEtc: TFormatEtc; advf: DWord; const advSink: IAdviseSink;
|
||||
out dwConnection: DWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Advise sink management is greatly simplified by the IDataAdviseHolder interface.
|
||||
// We use this interface and forward all concerning calls to it.
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
if FAdviseHolder = nil then
|
||||
Result := CreateDataAdviseHolder(FAdviseHolder);
|
||||
if Result = S_OK then
|
||||
Result := FAdviseHolder.Advise(Self as IDataObject, FormatEtc, advf, advSink, dwConnection);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.DUnadvise(dwConnection: DWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if FAdviseHolder = nil then
|
||||
Result := E_NOTIMPL
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := FAdviseHolder.Unadvise(dwConnection);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.EnumDAdvise(Out enumAdvise : IEnumStatData):HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if FAdviseHolder = nil then
|
||||
Result := OLE_E_ADVISENOTSUPPORTED
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := FAdviseHolder.EnumAdvise(enumAdvise);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.EnumFormatEtc(Direction: DWord; out EnumFormatEtc: IEnumFormatEtc): HResult;
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
NewList: TEnumFormatEtc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL;
|
||||
if Direction = DATADIR_GET then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
NewList := TEnumFormatEtc.Create(FOwner, FormatEtcArray);
|
||||
EnumFormatEtc := NewList as IEnumFormatEtc;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
EnumFormatEtc := nil;
|
||||
if EnumFormatEtc = nil then
|
||||
Result := OLE_S_USEREG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Function TVTDataObject.GetCanonicalFormatEtc(const pformatetcIn : FORMATETC;Out pformatetcOut : FORMATETC):HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Result := DATA_S_SAMEFORMATETC;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.GetData(const FormatEtcIn: TFormatEtc; out Medium: TStgMedium): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Data is requested by clipboard or drop target. This method dispatchs the call
|
||||
// depending on the data being requested.
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
Data: PVTReference;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The tree reference format is always supported and returned from here.
|
||||
if FormatEtcIn.cfFormat = CF_VTREFERENCE then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Note: this format is not used while flushing the clipboard to avoid a dangling reference
|
||||
// when the owner tree is destroyed before the clipboard data is replaced with something else.
|
||||
if tsClipboardFlushing in FOwner.FStates then
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Medium.hGlobal := GlobalAlloc(GHND or GMEM_SHARE, SizeOf(TVTReference));
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
Data.Process := GetCurrentProcessID;
|
||||
Data.Tree := FOwner;
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
Medium.tymed := TYMED_HGLOBAL;
|
||||
Medium.PunkForRelease := nil;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
try
|
||||
// See if we accept this type and if not get the correct return value.
|
||||
Result := QueryGetData(FormatEtcIn);
|
||||
if Result = S_OK then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(FormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if EqualFormatEtc(FormatEtcIn, FormatEtcArray[I]) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if not RenderInternalOLEData(FormatEtcIn, Medium, Result) then
|
||||
Result := FOwner.RenderOLEData(FormatEtcIn, Medium, FForClipboard);
|
||||
Break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
except
|
||||
FillChar(Medium, SizeOf(Medium), #0);
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.GetDataHere(const FormatEtc: TFormatEtc; out Medium: TStgMedium): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Result := E_NOTIMPL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.QueryGetData(const FormatEtc: TFormatEtc): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Result := DV_E_CLIPFORMAT;
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(FFormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FormatEtc.cfFormat = FFormatEtcArray[I].cfFormat then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (FormatEtc.tymed and FFormatEtcArray[I].tymed) <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FormatEtc.dwAspect = FFormatEtcArray[I].dwAspect then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FormatEtc.lindex = FFormatEtcArray[I].lindex then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
Break;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_LINDEX;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_DVASPECT;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.SetData(const FormatEtc: TFormatEtc; {$ifdef VER2_0}var{$else}const{$endif} Medium: TStgMedium; DoRelease: BOOL): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Allows dynamic adding to the IDataObject during its existance. Most noteably it is used to implement
|
||||
// IDropSourceHelper and allows to set a special format for optimized moves during a shell transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
{
|
||||
var
|
||||
Index: Integer;
|
||||
LocalStgMedium: PStgMedium;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
// See if we already have a format of that type available.
|
||||
Index := FindFormatEtc(FormatEtc, FormatEtcArray);
|
||||
if Index > - 1 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Just use the TFormatEct in the array after releasing the data.
|
||||
LocalStgMedium := FindInternalStgMedium(FormatEtcArray[Index].cfFormat);
|
||||
if Assigned(LocalStgMedium) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ReleaseStgMedium(LocalStgMedium);
|
||||
FillChar(LocalStgMedium^, SizeOf(LocalStgMedium^), #0);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// It is a new format so create a new TFormatCollectionItem, copy the
|
||||
// FormatEtc parameter into the new object and and put it in the list.
|
||||
SetLength(FFormatEtcArray, Length(FormatEtcArray) + 1);
|
||||
FormatEtcArray[High(FormatEtcArray)] := FormatEtc;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a new InternalStgMedium and initialize it and associate it with the format.
|
||||
SetLength(FInternalStgMediumArray, Length(InternalStgMediumArray) + 1);
|
||||
InternalStgMediumArray[High(InternalStgMediumArray)].Format := FormatEtc.cfFormat;
|
||||
LocalStgMedium := @InternalStgMediumArray[High(InternalStgMediumArray)].Medium;
|
||||
FillChar(LocalStgMedium^, SizeOf(LocalStgMedium^), #0);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if DoRelease then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// We are simply being given the data and we take control of it.
|
||||
LocalStgMedium^ := Medium;
|
||||
Result := S_OK
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// We need to reference count or copy the data and keep our own references to it.
|
||||
Result := StgMediumIncRef(Medium, LocalStgMedium^, True, Self as IDataObject);
|
||||
|
||||
// Can get a circular reference if the client calls GetData then calls SetData with the same StgMedium.
|
||||
// Because the unkForRelease for the IDataObject can be marshalled it is necessary to get pointers that
|
||||
// can be correctly compared. See the IDragSourceHelper article by Raymond Chen at MSDN.
|
||||
if Assigned(LocalStgMedium.PunkForRelease) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if CanonicalIUnknown(Self) = CanonicalIUnknown(IUnknown(LocalStgMedium.PunkForRelease)) then
|
||||
IUnknown(LocalStgMedium.PunkForRelease) := nil; // release the interface
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// Tell all registered advice sinks about the data change.
|
||||
if Assigned(FAdviseHolder) then
|
||||
FAdviseHolder.SendOnDataChange(Self as IDataObject, 0, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------- TVTDragManager -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TVTDragManager.Create(AOwner: TBaseVirtualTree);
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
|
||||
FOwner := AOwner;
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create an instance of the drop target helper interface. This will fail but not harm on systems which do
|
||||
// not support this interface (everything below Windows 2000);
|
||||
CoCreateInstance(CLSID_DragDropHelper, nil, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, IID_IDropTargetHelper, FDropTargetHelper);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
destructor TVTDragManager.Destroy;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Set the owner's reference to us to nil otherwise it will access an invalid pointer
|
||||
// after our desctruction is complete.
|
||||
Pointer(FOwner.FDragManager) := nil;
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GetDataObject: IDataObject;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// When the owner tree starts a drag operation then it gets a data object here to pass it to the OLE subsystem.
|
||||
// In this case there is no local reference to a data object and one is created (but not stored).
|
||||
// If there is a local reference then the owner tree is currently the drop target and the stored interface is
|
||||
// that of the drag initiator.
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Assigned(FDataObject) then
|
||||
Result := FDataObject
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := FOwner.DoCreateDataObject;
|
||||
if Result = nil then
|
||||
Result := TVTDataObject.Create(FOwner, False) as IDataObject;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GetDragSource: TBaseVirtualTree;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Result := FDragSource;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GetDropTargetHelperSupported: Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Result := Assigned(FDropTargetHelper);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GetIsDropTarget: Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Result := FIsDropTarget;
|
||||
Result := True;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.DragEnter(const DataObject: IDataObject; KeyState: LongWord; Pt: TPoint;
|
||||
var Effect: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
FDataObject := DataObject;
|
||||
FIsDropTarget := True;
|
||||
|
||||
SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETDRAGFULLWINDOWS, 0, @FFullDragging, 0);
|
||||
// If full dragging of window contents is disabled in the system then our tree windows will be locked
|
||||
// and cannot be updated during a drag operation. With the following call painting is again enabled.
|
||||
if not FFullDragging then
|
||||
LockWindowUpdate(0);
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.DragEnter(FOwner.Handle, DataObject, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
|
||||
FDragSource := FOwner.GetTreeFromDataObject(DataObject);
|
||||
Result := FOwner.DragEnter(KeyState, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.DragLeave: HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.DragLeave;
|
||||
|
||||
FOwner.DragLeave;
|
||||
FIsDropTarget := False;
|
||||
FDragSource := nil;
|
||||
FDataObject := nil;
|
||||
Result := NOERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.DragOver(KeyState: LongWord; Pt: TPoint; var Effect: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.DragOver(Pt, Effect);
|
||||
|
||||
Result := FOwner.DragOver(FDragSource, KeyState, dsDragMove, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.Drop(const DataObject: IDataObject; KeyState: LongWord; Pt: TPoint;
|
||||
var Effect: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.Drop(DataObject, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
|
||||
Result := FOwner.DragDrop(DataObject, KeyState, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
FIsDropTarget := False;
|
||||
FDataObject := nil;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVTDragManager.ForceDragLeave;
|
||||
|
||||
// Some drop targets, e.g. Internet Explorer leave a drag image on screen instead removing it when they receive
|
||||
// a drop action. This method calls the drop target helper's DragLeave method to ensure it removes the drag image from
|
||||
// screen. Unfortunately, sometimes not even this does help (e.g. when dragging text from VT to a text field in IE).
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.DragLeave;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GiveFeedback(Effect: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Result := DRAGDROP_S_USEDEFAULTCURSORS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.QueryContinueDrag(EscapePressed: BOOL; KeyState: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
RButton,
|
||||
LButton: Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
LButton := (KeyState and MK_LBUTTON) <> 0;
|
||||
RButton := (KeyState and MK_RBUTTON) <> 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Drag'n drop canceled by pressing both mouse buttons or Esc?
|
||||
if (LButton and RButton) or EscapePressed then
|
||||
Result := DRAGDROP_S_CANCEL
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Drag'n drop finished?
|
||||
if not (LButton or RButton) then
|
||||
Result := DRAGDROP_S_DROP
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
|
|||
function TBaseVirtualTree.GetTreeFromDataObject(const DataObject: IDataObject): TBaseVirtualTree;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the owner/sender of the given data object by means of a special clipboard format
|
||||
// or nil if the sender is in another process or no virtual tree at all.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
Data: PVTReference;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Assigned(DataObject) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
StandardOLEFormat.cfFormat := CF_VTREFERENCE;
|
||||
if DataObject.GetData(StandardOLEFormat, Medium) = S_OK then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
if Assigned(Data) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Data.Process = GetCurrentProcessID then
|
||||
Result := Data.Tree;
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
ReleaseStgMedium(@Medium);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TBaseVirtualTree.RenderOLEData(const FormatEtcIn: TFormatEtc; out Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
ForClipboard: Boolean): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a memory expression of all currently selected nodes in the Medium structure.
|
||||
// Note: The memory requirement of this method might be very high. This depends however on the requested storage format.
|
||||
// For HGlobal (a global memory block) we need to render first all nodes to local memory and copy this then to
|
||||
// the global memory in Medium. This is necessary because we have first to determine how much
|
||||
// memory is needed before we can allocate it. Hence for a short moment we need twice the space as used by the
|
||||
// nodes alone (plus the amount the nodes need in the tree anyway)!
|
||||
// With IStream this does not happen. We directly stream out the nodes and pass the constructed stream along.
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------- local function --------------------------------------------
|
||||
{
|
||||
procedure WriteNodes(Stream: TStream);
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Selection: TNodeArray;
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ForClipboard then
|
||||
Selection := GetSortedCutCopySet(True)
|
||||
else
|
||||
Selection := GetSortedSelection(True);
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(Selection) do
|
||||
WriteNode(Stream, Selection[I]);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------- end local function ----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Data: PCardinal;
|
||||
ResPointer: Pointer;
|
||||
ResSize: Integer;
|
||||
OLEStream: IStream;
|
||||
VCLStream: TStream;
|
||||
}
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
FillChar(Medium, SizeOf(Medium), 0);
|
||||
// We can render the native clipboard format in two different storage media.
|
||||
if (FormatEtcIn.cfFormat = CF_VIRTUALTREE) and (FormatEtcIn.tymed and (TYMED_HGLOBAL or TYMED_ISTREAM) <> 0) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
VCLStream := nil;
|
||||
try
|
||||
Medium.PunkForRelease := nil;
|
||||
// Return data in one of the supported storage formats, prefer IStream.
|
||||
if FormatEtcIn.tymed and TYMED_ISTREAM <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Create an IStream on a memory handle (here it is 0 which indicates to implicitely allocated a handle).
|
||||
// Do not use TStreamAdapter as it is not compatible with OLE (when flushing the clipboard OLE wants the HGlobal
|
||||
// back which is not supported by TStreamAdapater).
|
||||
CreateStreamOnHGlobal(0, True, OLEStream);
|
||||
|
||||
VCLStream := TOLEStream.Create(OLEStream);
|
||||
WriteNodes(VCLStream);
|
||||
// Rewind stream.
|
||||
VCLStream.Position := 0;
|
||||
Medium.tymed := TYMED_ISTREAM;
|
||||
IUnknown(Medium.Pstm) := OLEStream;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
VCLStream := TMemoryStream.Create;
|
||||
WriteNodes(VCLStream);
|
||||
ResPointer := TMemoryStream(VCLStream).Memory;
|
||||
ResSize := VCLStream.Position;
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate memory to hold the string.
|
||||
if ResSize > 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Medium.hGlobal := GlobalAlloc(GHND or GMEM_SHARE, ResSize + SizeOf(Cardinal));
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
// Store the size of the data too, for easy retrival.
|
||||
Data^ := ResSize;
|
||||
Inc(Data);
|
||||
Move(ResPointer^, Data^, ResSize);
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
Medium.tymed := TYMED_HGLOBAL;
|
||||
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
finally
|
||||
// We can free the VCL stream here since it was either a pure memory stream or only a wrapper around
|
||||
// the OLEStream which exists independently.
|
||||
VCLStream.Free;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else // Ask application descendants to render self defined formats.
|
||||
Result := DoRenderOLEData(FormatEtcIn, Medium, ForClipboard);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// needed to handle OLE global memory objects
|
||||
TOLEMemoryStream = class(TCustomMemoryStream)
|
||||
public
|
||||
function Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Longint; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TOLEMemoryStream.Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//raise EStreamError.CreateRes(PResStringRec(@SCantWriteResourceStreamError));
|
||||
raise EStreamError.Create(SCantWriteResourceStreamError);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TBaseVirtualTree.ProcessOLEData(Source: TBaseVirtualTree; DataObject: IDataObject; TargetNode: PVirtualNode;
|
||||
Mode: TVTNodeAttachMode; Optimized: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
// Recreates the (sub) tree structure serialized into memory and provided by DataObject. The new nodes are attached to
|
||||
// the passed node or FRoot if TargetNode is nil according to Mode. Optimized can be set to True if the entire operation
|
||||
// happens within the same process (i.e. sender and receiver of the OLE operation are located in the same process).
|
||||
// Optimize = True makes only sense if the operation to carry out is a move hence it is also the indication of the
|
||||
// operation to be done here. Source is the source of the OLE data and only of use (and usually assigned) when
|
||||
// an OLE operation takes place in the same application.
|
||||
// Returns True on success, i.e. the CF_VIRTUALTREE format is supported by the data object and the structure could be
|
||||
// recreated, otherwise False.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
Stream: TStream;
|
||||
Data: Pointer;
|
||||
Node: PVirtualNode;
|
||||
Nodes: TNodeArray;
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
Res: HRESULT;
|
||||
ChangeReason: TChangeReason;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Nodes := nil;
|
||||
// Check the data format available by the data object.
|
||||
with StandardOLEFormat do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Read best format.
|
||||
cfFormat := CF_VIRTUALTREE;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result := DataObject.QueryGetData(StandardOLEFormat) = S_OK;
|
||||
if Result and not (toReadOnly in FOptions.FMiscOptions) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
BeginUpdate;
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
try
|
||||
if TargetNode = nil then
|
||||
TargetNode := FRoot;
|
||||
if TargetNode = FRoot then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case Mode of
|
||||
amInsertBefore:
|
||||
Mode := amAddChildFirst;
|
||||
amInsertAfter:
|
||||
Mode := amAddChildLast;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimized means source is known and in the same process so we can access its pointers, which avoids duplicating
|
||||
// the data while doing a serialization. Can only be used with cut'n paste and drag'n drop with move effect.
|
||||
if Optimized then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if tsOLEDragging in Source.FStates then
|
||||
Nodes := Source.FDragSelection
|
||||
else
|
||||
Nodes := Source.GetSortedCutCopySet(True);
|
||||
|
||||
if Mode in [amInsertBefore,amAddChildLast] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(Nodes) do
|
||||
if not HasAsParent(TargetNode, Nodes[I]) then
|
||||
Source.MoveTo(Nodes[I], TargetNode, Mode, False);
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for I := High(Nodes) downto 0 do
|
||||
if not HasAsParent(TargetNode, Nodes[I]) then
|
||||
Source.MoveTo(Nodes[I], TargetNode, Mode, False);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result := True;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Source = Self then
|
||||
ChangeReason := crNodeCopied
|
||||
else
|
||||
ChangeReason := crNodeAdded;
|
||||
Res := DataObject.GetData(StandardOLEFormat, Medium);
|
||||
if Res = S_OK then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case Medium.tymed of
|
||||
TYMED_ISTREAM, // IStream interface
|
||||
TYMED_HGLOBAL: // global memory block
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Stream := nil;
|
||||
if Medium.tymed = TYMED_ISTREAM then
|
||||
Stream := TOLEStream.Create(IUnknown(Medium.Pstm) as IStream)
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
if Assigned(Data) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Get the total size of data to retrieve.
|
||||
I := PCardinal(Data)^;
|
||||
Inc(PCardinal(Data));
|
||||
Stream := TOLEMemoryStream.Create;
|
||||
TOLEMemoryStream(Stream).SetPointer(Data, I);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if Assigned(Stream) then
|
||||
try
|
||||
while Stream.Position < Stream.Size do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Node := MakeNewNode;
|
||||
InternalConnectNode(Node, TargetNode, Self, Mode);
|
||||
InternalAddFromStream(Stream, VTTreeStreamVersion, Node);
|
||||
// This seems a bit strange because of the callback for granting to add the node
|
||||
// which actually comes after the node has been added. The reason is that the node must
|
||||
// contain valid data otherwise I don't see how the application can make a funded decision.
|
||||
if not DoNodeCopying(Node, TargetNode) then
|
||||
DeleteNode(Node)
|
||||
else
|
||||
DoNodeCopied(Node);
|
||||
StructureChange(Node, ChangeReason);
|
||||
|
||||
// In order to maintain the same node order when restoring nodes in the case of amInsertAfter
|
||||
// we have to move the reference node continously. Othwise we would end up with reversed node order.
|
||||
if Mode = amInsertAfter then
|
||||
TargetNode := Node;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result := True;
|
||||
finally
|
||||
Stream.Free;
|
||||
if Medium.tymed = TYMED_HGLOBAL then
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
ReleaseStgMedium(@Medium);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
finally
|
||||
EndUpdate;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TCustomVirtualStringTree.ContentToClipboard(Format: Word; Source: TVSTTextSourceType): HGLOBAL;
|
||||
|
||||
// This method constructs a shareable memory object filled with string data in the required format. Supported are:
|
||||
// CF_TEXT - plain ANSI text (Unicode text is converted using the user's current locale)
|
||||
// CF_UNICODETEXT - plain Unicode text
|
||||
// CF_CSV - comma separated plain ANSI text
|
||||
// CF_VRTF + CF_RTFNOOBS - rich text (plain ANSI)
|
||||
// CF_HTML - HTML text encoded using UTF-8
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Result is the handle to a globally allocated memory block which can directly be used for clipboard and drag'n drop
|
||||
// transfers. The caller is responsible for freeing the memory. If for some reason the content could not be rendered
|
||||
// the Result is 0.
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------- local function --------------------------------------------
|
||||
{
|
||||
procedure MakeFragment(var HTML: string);
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper routine to build a properly-formatted HTML fragment.
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
Version = 'Version:1.0'#13#10;
|
||||
StartHTML = 'StartHTML:';
|
||||
EndHTML = 'EndHTML:';
|
||||
StartFragment = 'StartFragment:';
|
||||
EndFragment = 'EndFragment:';
|
||||
DocType = '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">';
|
||||
HTMLIntro = '<html><head><META http-equiv=Content-Type content="text/html; charset=utf-8">' +
|
||||
'</head><body><!--StartFragment-->';
|
||||
HTMLExtro = '<!--EndFragment--></body></html>';
|
||||
NumberLengthAndCR = 10;
|
||||
|
||||
// Let the compiler determine the description length.
|
||||
DescriptionLength = Length(Version) + Length(StartHTML) + Length(EndHTML) + Length(StartFragment) +
|
||||
Length(EndFragment) + 4 * NumberLengthAndCR;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Description: string;
|
||||
StartHTMLIndex,
|
||||
EndHTMLIndex,
|
||||
StartFragmentIndex,
|
||||
EndFragmentIndex: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// The HTML clipboard format is defined by using byte positions in the entire block where HTML text and
|
||||
// fragments start and end. These positions are written in a description. Unfortunately the positions depend on the
|
||||
// length of the description but the description may change with varying positions.
|
||||
// To solve this dilemma the offsets are converted into fixed length strings which makes it possible to know
|
||||
// the description length in advance.
|
||||
StartHTMLIndex := DescriptionLength; // position 0 after the description
|
||||
StartFragmentIndex := StartHTMLIndex + Length(DocType) + Length(HTMLIntro);
|
||||
EndFragmentIndex := StartFragmentIndex + Length(HTML);
|
||||
EndHTMLIndex := EndFragmentIndex + Length(HTMLExtro);
|
||||
|
||||
Description := Version +
|
||||
SysUtils.Format('%s%.8d', [StartHTML, StartHTMLIndex]) + #13#10 +
|
||||
SysUtils.Format('%s%.8d', [EndHTML, EndHTMLIndex]) + #13#10 +
|
||||
SysUtils.Format('%s%.8d', [StartFragment, StartFragmentIndex]) + #13#10 +
|
||||
SysUtils.Format('%s%.8d', [EndFragment, EndFragmentIndex]) + #13#10;
|
||||
HTML := Description + DocType + HTMLIntro + HTML + HTMLExtro;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//--------------- end local function ----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Data: Pointer;
|
||||
DataSize: Cardinal;
|
||||
S: string;
|
||||
WS: WideString;
|
||||
P: Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
{
|
||||
case Format of
|
||||
CF_TEXT:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
S := ContentToText(Source, #9) + #0;
|
||||
Data := PChar(S);
|
||||
DataSize := Length(S);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
CF_UNICODETEXT:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
WS := ContentToUnicode(Source, #9) + #0;
|
||||
Data := PWideChar(WS);
|
||||
DataSize := 2 * Length(WS);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
else
|
||||
if Format = CF_CSV then
|
||||
S := ContentToText(Source, ListSeparator) + #0
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (Format = CF_VRTF) or (Format = CF_VRTFNOOBJS) then
|
||||
S := ContentToRTF(Source) + #0
|
||||
else
|
||||
if Format = CF_HTML then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
S := ContentToHTML(Source);
|
||||
// Build a valid HTML clipboard fragment.
|
||||
MakeFragment(S);
|
||||
S := S + #0;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Data := PChar(S);
|
||||
DataSize := Length(S);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if DataSize > 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := GlobalAlloc(GHND or GMEM_SHARE, DataSize);
|
||||
P := GlobalLock(Result);
|
||||
Move(Data^, P^, DataSize);
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Result);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$i ../dummyolemethods.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
|||
uses
|
||||
gtkdef, gtkint, CairoXlib, gdk, Cairo, glib;
|
||||
|
||||
//procedure gdk_drawable_get_size(drawable: PGdkDrawable; width, height: Pgint); cdecl; external gdkdll;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlend(Source, Destination: HDC; const R: TRect; const Target: TPoint; Mode: TBlendMode; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
function CreateSurface(GtkDC: TGtkDeviceContext): Pcairo_surface_t;
|
||||
var
|
||||
Width, Height: gint;
|
||||
Visual: PGdkVisual;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
if (GtkDC <> nil) and (GtkDC.Drawable <> nil) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
gdk_window_get_size(GtkDC.Drawable, @Width, @Height);
|
||||
Visual := gdk_visual_get_system;
|
||||
Result := cairo_xlib_surface_create(
|
||||
GDK_WINDOW_XDISPLAY(PGdkWindowPrivate(GtkDC.Drawable)),
|
||||
GDK_WINDOW_XWINDOW(PGdkWindowPrivate(GtkDC.Drawable)),
|
||||
GDK_VISUAL_XVISUAL(PGdkVisualPrivate(Visual)),
|
||||
Width, Height);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
SrcDC: TGtkDeviceContext absolute Source;
|
||||
DestDC: TGtkDeviceContext absolute Destination;
|
||||
SrcSurface, DestSurface: Pcairo_surface_t;
|
||||
SrcContext, DestContext: Pcairo_t;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case Mode of
|
||||
bmConstantAlpha:;
|
||||
bmPerPixelAlpha:;
|
||||
bmMasterAlpha:;
|
||||
bmConstantAlphaAndColor:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
DestSurface := CreateSurface(DestDC);
|
||||
if DestSurface <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
DestContext := cairo_create(DestSurface);
|
||||
cairo_set_source_rgba(DestContext,
|
||||
(Bias and $000000FF) / 255,
|
||||
((Bias shr 8) and $000000FF) / 255,
|
||||
((Bias shr 16) and $000000FF) / 255,
|
||||
ConstantAlpha / 255
|
||||
);
|
||||
cairo_rectangle(DestContext, R.Left + Target.x, R.Top + Target.y,
|
||||
R.Right - R.Left, R.Bottom - R.Top);
|
||||
cairo_fill(DestContext);
|
||||
|
||||
cairo_destroy(DestContext);
|
||||
cairo_surface_destroy(DestSurface);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CalculateScanline(Bits: Pointer; Width, Height, Row: Integer): Pointer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBitmapBitsFromBitmap(Bitmap: HBITMAP): Pointer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$i ../dummydragmanager.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$i ../dummyolemethods.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
|||
uses
|
||||
gtk2def, gdk2, GTK2Proc, Cairo, LCLVersion;
|
||||
|
||||
{$MACRO ON}
|
||||
|
||||
{$if lcl_fullversion > 1000000}
|
||||
{$define TGtk2DeviceContext:=TGtkDeviceContext}
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
function gdk_cairo_create(drawable: PGdkDrawable): Pcairo_t cdecl external gdklib;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlend(Source, Destination: HDC; const R: TRect; const Target: TPoint; Mode: TBlendMode; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
function GetContext(GtkDC: TGtk2DeviceContext): Pcairo_t;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
if (GtkDC <> nil) and (GtkDC.Drawable <> nil) then
|
||||
Result := gdk_cairo_create(GtkDC.Drawable);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
SrcDC: TGtk2DeviceContext absolute Source;
|
||||
DestDC: TGtk2DeviceContext absolute Destination;
|
||||
SrcContext, DestContext: Pcairo_t;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case Mode of
|
||||
bmConstantAlpha:;
|
||||
bmPerPixelAlpha:;
|
||||
bmMasterAlpha:;
|
||||
bmConstantAlphaAndColor:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
DestContext := GetContext(DestDC);
|
||||
if DestContext <> nil then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
cairo_set_source_rgba(DestContext,
|
||||
(Bias and $000000FF) / 255,
|
||||
((Bias shr 8) and $000000FF) / 255,
|
||||
((Bias shr 16) and $000000FF) / 255,
|
||||
ConstantAlpha / 255
|
||||
);
|
||||
cairo_rectangle(DestContext, R.Left + Target.x, R.Top + Target.y,
|
||||
R.Right - R.Left, R.Bottom - R.Top);
|
||||
cairo_fill(DestContext);
|
||||
|
||||
cairo_destroy(DestContext);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CalculateScanline(Bits: Pointer; Width, Height, Row: Integer): Pointer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBitmapBitsFromBitmap(Bitmap: HBITMAP): Pointer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$i ../dummydragmanager.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$i ../dummyolemethods.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,858 +0,0 @@
|
|||
uses
|
||||
qt4, qtobjects;
|
||||
|
||||
{$ASMMODE INTEL}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlendLineConstant(Source, Destination: Pointer; Count: Integer; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blends a line of Count pixels from Source to Destination using a constant alpha value.
|
||||
// The layout of a pixel must be BGRA where A is ignored (but is calculated as the other components).
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha must be in the range 0..255 where 0 means totally transparent (destination pixel only)
|
||||
// and 255 totally opaque (source pixel only).
|
||||
// Bias is an additional value which gets added to every component and must be in the range -128..127
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
//windows
|
||||
// RCX contains Source
|
||||
// RDX contains Destination
|
||||
// R8D contains Count
|
||||
// R9D contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// Bias is on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
//non windows
|
||||
// RDI contains Source
|
||||
// RSI contains Destination
|
||||
// EDX contains Count
|
||||
// ECX contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// R8D contains Bias
|
||||
|
||||
//.NOFRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM3 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, R9D // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, ECX // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, [Bias]
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, R8D //Bias
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV R10D, 128
|
||||
MOVD XMM4, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RCX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RDX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RDI] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RSI] // data is unaligned
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PXOR XMM0, XMM0 // clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM0, XMM1{[RCX]} // unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
PXOR XMM1, XMM1 // clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM1, XMM2{[RDX]} // unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
MOVQ XMM2, XMM1 // make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
PSRLW XMM1, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM1 // source - target
|
||||
PMULLW XMM0, XMM3 // alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM2 // add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PADDSW XMM0, XMM5
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PACKUSWB XMM0, XMM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RDX], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RSI], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
ADD RCX, 4
|
||||
ADD RDX, 4
|
||||
DEC R8D
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
ADD RDI, 4
|
||||
ADD RSI, 4
|
||||
DEC EDX
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
// EAX contains Source
|
||||
// EDX contains Destination
|
||||
// ECX contains Count
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha and Bias are on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PUSH ESI // save used registers
|
||||
PUSH EDI
|
||||
|
||||
MOV ESI, EAX // ESI becomes the actual source pointer
|
||||
MOV EDI, EDX // EDI becomes the actual target pointer
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM6 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [ConstantAlpha]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $F0 /// MOVD MM6, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $F6 /// PUNPCKLWD MM6, MM6
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $F6 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM6, MM6
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [Bias]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E8 /// MOVD MM5, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $ED /// PUNPCKLWD MM5, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $ED /// PUNPCKLDQ MM5, MM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV EAX, 128
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E0 /// MOVD MM4, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $E4 /// PUNPCKLWD MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $E4 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM4, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C0 /// PXOR MM0, MM0, clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $06 /// PUNPCKLBW MM0, [ESI], unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C9 /// PXOR MM1, MM1, clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $0F /// PUNPCKLBW MM1, [EDI], unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $D1 /// MOVQ MM2, MM1, make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D1, $08 /// PSRLW MM1, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C1 /// PSUBW MM0, MM1, source - target
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $C6 /// PMULLW MM0, MM6, alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C2 /// PADDW MM0, MM2, add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C4 /// PSUBW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $ED, $C5 /// PADDSW MM0, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C4 /// PADDW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $67, $C0 /// PACKUSWB MM0, MM0, convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
DB $0F, $7E, $07 /// MOVD [EDI], MM0, store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD ESI, 4
|
||||
ADD EDI, 4
|
||||
DEC ECX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
POP EDI
|
||||
POP ESI
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlendLinePerPixel(Source, Destination: Pointer; Count, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blends a line of Count pixels from Source to Destination using the alpha value of the source pixels.
|
||||
// The layout of a pixel must be BGRA.
|
||||
// Bias is an additional value which gets added to every component and must be in the range -128..127
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
//windows
|
||||
// RCX contains Source
|
||||
// RDX contains Destination
|
||||
// R8D contains Count
|
||||
// R9D contains Bias
|
||||
|
||||
//non windows
|
||||
// RDI contains Source
|
||||
// RSI contains Destination
|
||||
// EDX contains Count
|
||||
// ECX contains Bias
|
||||
|
||||
//.NOFRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, R9D // Bias
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, ECX // Bias
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV R10D, 128
|
||||
MOVD XMM4, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RCX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RDX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RDI] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RSI] // data is unaligned
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PXOR XMM0, XMM0 // clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM0, XMM1{[RCX]} // unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
PXOR XMM1, XMM1 // clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM1, XMM2{[RDX]} // unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
MOVQ XMM2, XMM1 // make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
PSRLW XMM1, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM3 with the source alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOVQ XMM3, XMM0
|
||||
PUNPCKHWD XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
PUNPCKHDQ XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM1 // source - target
|
||||
PMULLW XMM0, XMM3 // alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM2 // add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PADDSW XMM0, XMM5
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PACKUSWB XMM0, XMM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RDX], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RSI], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
ADD RCX, 4
|
||||
ADD RDX, 4
|
||||
DEC R8D
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
ADD RDI, 4
|
||||
ADD RSI, 4
|
||||
DEC EDX
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
|
||||
// EAX contains Source
|
||||
// EDX contains Destination
|
||||
// ECX contains Count
|
||||
// Bias is on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
PUSH ESI // save used registers
|
||||
PUSH EDI
|
||||
|
||||
MOV ESI, EAX // ESI becomes the actual source pointer
|
||||
MOV EDI, EDX // EDI becomes the actual target pointer
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [Bias]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E8 /// MOVD MM5, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $ED /// PUNPCKLWD MM5, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $ED /// PUNPCKLDQ MM5, MM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV EAX, 128
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E0 /// MOVD MM4, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $E4 /// PUNPCKLWD MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $E4 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM4, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C0 /// PXOR MM0, MM0, clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $06 /// PUNPCKLBW MM0, [ESI], unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C9 /// PXOR MM1, MM1, clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $0F /// PUNPCKLBW MM1, [EDI], unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $D1 /// MOVQ MM2, MM1, make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D1, $08 /// PSRLW MM1, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM6 with the source alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $F0 /// MOVQ MM6, MM0
|
||||
DB $0F, $69, $F6 /// PUNPCKHWD MM6, MM6
|
||||
DB $0F, $6A, $F6 /// PUNPCKHDQ MM6, MM6
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C1 /// PSUBW MM0, MM1, source - target
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $C6 /// PMULLW MM0, MM6, alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C2 /// PADDW MM0, MM2, add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C4 /// PSUBW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $ED, $C5 /// PADDSW MM0, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C4 /// PADDW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $67, $C0 /// PACKUSWB MM0, MM0, convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
DB $0F, $7E, $07 /// MOVD [EDI], MM0, store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD ESI, 4
|
||||
ADD EDI, 4
|
||||
DEC ECX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
POP EDI
|
||||
POP ESI
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlendLineMaster(Source, Destination: Pointer; Count: Integer; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blends a line of Count pixels from Source to Destination using the source pixel and a constant alpha value.
|
||||
// The layout of a pixel must be BGRA.
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha must be in the range 0..255.
|
||||
// Bias is an additional value which gets added to every component and must be in the range -128..127
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
//windows
|
||||
// RCX contains Source
|
||||
// RDX contains Destination
|
||||
// R8D contains Count
|
||||
// R9D contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// Bias is on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
//non windows
|
||||
// RDI contains Source
|
||||
// RSI contains Destination
|
||||
// EDX contains Count
|
||||
// ECX contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// R8D contains Bias
|
||||
|
||||
//.SAVENV XMM6 //todo see how implement in fpc
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM3 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, R9D // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, ECX // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOV R10D, [Bias]
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, R10D
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, R8D
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV R10D, 128
|
||||
MOVD XMM4, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RCX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RDX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RDI] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RSI] // data is unaligned
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PXOR XMM0, XMM0 // clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM0, XMM1{[RCX]} // unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
PXOR XMM1, XMM1 // clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM1, XMM2{[RCX]} // unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
MOVQ XMM2, XMM1 // make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
PSRLW XMM1, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM6 with the source alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOVQ XMM6, XMM0
|
||||
PUNPCKHWD XMM6, XMM6
|
||||
PUNPCKHDQ XMM6, XMM6
|
||||
PMULLW XMM6, XMM3 // source alpha * master alpha
|
||||
PSRLW XMM6, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * master alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM1 // source - target
|
||||
PMULLW XMM0, XMM6 // alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM2 // add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PADDSW XMM0, XMM5
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PACKUSWB XMM0, XMM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RDX], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RSI], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
ADD RCX, 4
|
||||
ADD RDX, 4
|
||||
DEC R8D
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
ADD RDI, 4
|
||||
ADD RSI, 4
|
||||
DEC EDX
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
|
||||
// EAX contains Source
|
||||
// EDX contains Destination
|
||||
// ECX contains Count
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha and Bias are on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PUSH ESI // save used registers
|
||||
PUSH EDI
|
||||
|
||||
MOV ESI, EAX // ESI becomes the actual source pointer
|
||||
MOV EDI, EDX // EDI becomes the actual target pointer
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM6 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [ConstantAlpha]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $F0 /// MOVD MM6, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $F6 /// PUNPCKLWD MM6, MM6
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $F6 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM6, MM6
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [Bias]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E8 /// MOVD MM5, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $ED /// PUNPCKLWD MM5, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $ED /// PUNPCKLDQ MM5, MM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV EAX, 128
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E0 /// MOVD MM4, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $E4 /// PUNPCKLWD MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $E4 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM4, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C0 /// PXOR MM0, MM0, clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $06 /// PUNPCKLBW MM0, [ESI], unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C9 /// PXOR MM1, MM1, clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $0F /// PUNPCKLBW MM1, [EDI], unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $D1 /// MOVQ MM2, MM1, make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D1, $08 /// PSRLW MM1, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM7 with the source alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $F8 /// MOVQ MM7, MM0
|
||||
DB $0F, $69, $FF /// PUNPCKHWD MM7, MM7
|
||||
DB $0F, $6A, $FF /// PUNPCKHDQ MM7, MM7
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $FE /// PMULLW MM7, MM6, source alpha * master alpha
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D7, $08 /// PSRLW MM7, 8, divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * master alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C1 /// PSUBW MM0, MM1, source - target
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $C7 /// PMULLW MM0, MM7, alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C2 /// PADDW MM0, MM2, add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C4 /// PSUBW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $ED, $C5 /// PADDSW MM0, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C4 /// PADDW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $67, $C0 /// PACKUSWB MM0, MM0, convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
DB $0F, $7E, $07 /// MOVD [EDI], MM0, store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD ESI, 4
|
||||
ADD EDI, 4
|
||||
DEC ECX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
POP EDI
|
||||
POP ESI
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlendLineMasterAndColor(Destination: Pointer; Count: Integer; ConstantAlpha, Color: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blends a line of Count pixels in Destination against the given color using a constant alpha value.
|
||||
// The layout of a pixel must be BGRA and Color must be rrggbb00 (as stored by a COLORREF).
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha must be in the range 0..255.
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
//windows
|
||||
// RCX contains Destination
|
||||
// EDX contains Count
|
||||
// R8D contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// R9D contains Color
|
||||
|
||||
//non windows
|
||||
// RDI contains Destination
|
||||
// ESI contains Count
|
||||
// EDX contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// ECX contains Color
|
||||
|
||||
//.NOFRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// The used formula is: target = (alpha * color + (256 - alpha) * target) / 256.
|
||||
// alpha * color (factor 1) and 256 - alpha (factor 2) are constant values which can be calculated in advance.
|
||||
// The remaining calculation is therefore: target = (F1 + F2 * target) / 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM3 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size. (Every calculation here works on word sized operands.)
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, R8D // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, EDX // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate factor 2.
|
||||
MOV R10D, $100
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM2, XMM2
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM2, XMM2
|
||||
PSUBW XMM2, XMM3 // XMM2 contains now: 255 - alpha = F2
|
||||
|
||||
// Now calculate factor 1. Alpha is still in XMM3, but the r and b components of Color must be swapped.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
BSWAP R9D // Color
|
||||
ROR R9D, 8
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, R9D // Load the color and convert to word sized values.
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
BSWAP ECX // Color
|
||||
ROR ECX, 8
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, ECX // Load the color and convert to word sized values.
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PXOR XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM1, XMM4
|
||||
PMULLW XMM1, XMM3 // XMM1 contains now: color * alpha = F1
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD XMM0, DWORD PTR [RCX]
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD XMM0, DWORD PTR [RDI]
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
|
||||
PMULLW XMM0, XMM2 // calculate F1 + F2 * target
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM1
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
PACKUSWB XMM0, XMM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
{$ifdef windows}
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RCX], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
|
||||
ADD RCX, 4
|
||||
DEC EDX
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RDI], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
|
||||
ADD RDI, 4
|
||||
DEC ESI
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
|
||||
// EAX contains Destination
|
||||
// EDX contains Count
|
||||
// ECX contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// Color is passed on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// The used formula is: target = (alpha * color + (256 - alpha) * target) / 256.
|
||||
// alpha * color (factor 1) and 256 - alpha (factor 2) are constant values which can be calculated in advance.
|
||||
// The remaining calculation is therefore: target = (F1 + F2 * target) / 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM3 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size. (Every calculation here works on word sized operands.)
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $D9 /// MOVD MM3, ECX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $DB /// PUNPCKLWD MM3, MM3
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $DB /// PUNPCKLDQ MM3, MM3
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate factor 2.
|
||||
MOV ECX, $100
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $D1 /// MOVD MM2, ECX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $D2 /// PUNPCKLWD MM2, MM2
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $D2 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM2, MM2
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $D3 /// PSUBW MM2, MM3 // MM2 contains now: 255 - alpha = F2
|
||||
|
||||
// Now calculate factor 1. Alpha is still in MM3, but the r and b components of Color must be swapped.
|
||||
MOV ECX, [Color]
|
||||
BSWAP ECX
|
||||
ROR ECX, 8
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $C9 /// MOVD MM1, ECX // Load the color and convert to word sized values.
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $E4 /// PXOR MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $CC /// PUNPCKLBW MM1, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $CB /// PMULLW MM1, MM3 // MM1 contains now: color * alpha = F1
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $00 /// MOVD MM0, [EAX]
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $C4 /// PUNPCKLBW MM0, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $C2 /// PMULLW MM0, MM2 // calculate F1 + F2 * target
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C1 /// PADDW MM0, MM1
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
DB $0F, $67, $C0 /// PACKUSWB MM0, MM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
DB $0F, $7E, $00 /// MOVD [EAX], MM0 // store the result
|
||||
|
||||
ADD EAX, 4
|
||||
DEC EDX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure EMMS;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset MMX state to use the FPU for other tasks again.
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
inline;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
DB $0F, $77 /// EMMS
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(DC: HDC; out Width, Height: Integer): Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper function used to retrieve the bitmap selected into the given device context. If there is a bitmap then
|
||||
// the function will return a pointer to its bits otherwise nil is returned.
|
||||
// Additionally the dimensions of the bitmap are returned.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Bitmap: HBITMAP;
|
||||
DIB: TDIBSection;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
Width := 0;
|
||||
Height := 0;
|
||||
Bitmap := GetCurrentObject(DC, OBJ_BITMAP);
|
||||
if Bitmap <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if GetObject(Bitmap, SizeOf(DIB), @DIB) = SizeOf(DIB) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Assert(DIB.dsBm.bmPlanes * DIB.dsBm.bmBitsPixel = 32, 'Alpha blending error: bitmap must use 32 bpp.');
|
||||
Result := DIB.dsBm.bmBits;
|
||||
Width := DIB.dsBmih.biWidth;
|
||||
Height := DIB.dsBmih.biHeight;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Assert(Result <> nil, 'Alpha blending DC error: no bitmap available.');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBitmapBitsFromBitmap(Bitmap: HBITMAP): Pointer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
DIB: TDIBSection;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
if Bitmap <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if GetObject(Bitmap, SizeOf(DIB), @DIB) = SizeOf(DIB) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Assert(DIB.dsBm.bmPlanes * DIB.dsBm.bmBitsPixel = 32, 'Alpha blending error: bitmap must use 32 bpp.');
|
||||
Result := DIB.dsBm.bmBits;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CalculateScanline(Bits: Pointer; Width, Height, Row: Integer): Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper function to calculate the start address for the given row.
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: Height is always > 0 in LCL
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Height > 0 then // bottom-up DIB
|
||||
Row := Height - Row - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Return DWORD aligned address of the requested scanline.
|
||||
Result := Bits + Row * ((Width * 32 + 31) and not 31) div 8;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlend(Source, Destination: HDC; const R: TRect; const Target: TPoint; Mode: TBlendMode; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimized alpha blend procedure using MMX instructions to perform as quick as possible.
|
||||
// For this procedure to work properly it is important that both source and target bitmap use the 32 bit color format.
|
||||
// R describes the source rectangle to work on.
|
||||
// Target is the place (upper left corner) in the target bitmap where to blend to. Note that source width + X offset
|
||||
// must be less or equal to the target width. Similar for the height.
|
||||
// If Mode is bmConstantAlpha then the blend operation uses the given ConstantAlpha value for all pixels.
|
||||
// If Mode is bmPerPixelAlpha then each pixel is blended using its individual alpha value (the alpha value of the source).
|
||||
// If Mode is bmMasterAlpha then each pixel is blended using its individual alpha value multiplied by ConstantAlpha.
|
||||
// If Mode is bmConstantAlphaAndColor then each destination pixel is blended using ConstantAlpha but also a constant
|
||||
// color which will be obtained from Bias. In this case no offset value is added, otherwise Bias is used as offset.
|
||||
// Blending of a color into target only (bmConstantAlphaAndColor) ignores Source (the DC) and Target (the position).
|
||||
// CAUTION: This procedure does not check whether MMX instructions are actually available! Call it only if MMX is really
|
||||
// usable.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Y: Integer;
|
||||
SourceRun,
|
||||
TargetRun: PByte;
|
||||
|
||||
SourceBits,
|
||||
DestBits: Pointer;
|
||||
SourceWidth,
|
||||
SourceHeight,
|
||||
DestWidth,
|
||||
DestHeight: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
//BlendColor: TQColor;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if not IsRectEmpty(R) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
//avoid MasterAlpha due to incomplete AlphaBlendLineMaster. See comment in procedure
|
||||
if Mode = bmMasterAlpha then
|
||||
Mode := bmConstantAlpha;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
// Note: it is tempting to optimize the special cases for constant alpha 0 and 255 by just ignoring soure
|
||||
// (alpha = 0) or simply do a blit (alpha = 255). But this does not take the bias into account.
|
||||
case Mode of
|
||||
bmConstantAlpha:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Get a pointer to the bitmap bits for the source and target device contexts.
|
||||
// Note: this supposes that both contexts do actually have bitmaps assigned!
|
||||
SourceBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Source, SourceWidth, SourceHeight);
|
||||
DestBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Destination, DestWidth, DestHeight);
|
||||
if Assigned(SourceBits) and Assigned(DestBits) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for Y := 0 to R.Bottom - R.Top - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceRun := CalculateScanline(SourceBits, SourceWidth, SourceHeight, Y + R.Top);
|
||||
Inc(SourceRun, 4 * R.Left);
|
||||
TargetRun := CalculateScanline(DestBits, DestWidth, DestHeight, Y + Target.Y);
|
||||
Inc(TargetRun, 4 * Target.X);
|
||||
AlphaBlendLineConstant(SourceRun, TargetRun, R.Right - R.Left, ConstantAlpha, Bias);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
EMMS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
bmPerPixelAlpha:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Source, SourceWidth, SourceHeight);
|
||||
DestBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Destination, DestWidth, DestHeight);
|
||||
if Assigned(SourceBits) and Assigned(DestBits) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for Y := 0 to R.Bottom - R.Top - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceRun := CalculateScanline(SourceBits, SourceWidth, SourceHeight, Y + R.Top);
|
||||
Inc(SourceRun, 4 * R.Left);
|
||||
TargetRun := CalculateScanline(DestBits, DestWidth, DestHeight, Y + Target.Y);
|
||||
Inc(TargetRun, 4 * Target.X);
|
||||
AlphaBlendLinePerPixel(SourceRun, TargetRun, R.Right - R.Left, Bias);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
EMMS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
bmMasterAlpha:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Source, SourceWidth, SourceHeight);
|
||||
DestBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Destination, DestWidth, DestHeight);
|
||||
if Assigned(SourceBits) and Assigned(DestBits) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for Y := 0 to R.Bottom - R.Top - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceRun := CalculateScanline(SourceBits, SourceWidth, SourceHeight, Y + R.Top);
|
||||
Inc(SourceRun, 4 * Target.X);
|
||||
TargetRun := CalculateScanline(DestBits, DestWidth, DestHeight, Y + Target.Y);
|
||||
AlphaBlendLineMaster(SourceRun, TargetRun, R.Right - R.Left, ConstantAlpha, Bias);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
EMMS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
bmConstantAlphaAndColor:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: see why is not working
|
||||
{
|
||||
QColor_fromRgb(@BlendColor,
|
||||
Bias and $000000FF,
|
||||
(Bias shr 8) and $000000FF,
|
||||
(Bias shr 16) and $000000FF,
|
||||
ConstantAlpha);
|
||||
QPainter_fillRect(TQTDeviceContext(Destination).Widget,
|
||||
R.Left + Target.x, R.Top + Target.y,
|
||||
R.Right - R.Left, R.Bottom - R.Top, @BlendColor);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Source is ignored since there is a constant color value.
|
||||
|
||||
DestBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Destination, DestWidth, DestHeight);
|
||||
if Assigned(DestBits) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for Y := 0 to R.Bottom - R.Top - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
TargetRun := CalculateScanline(DestBits, DestWidth, DestHeight, Y + R.Top);
|
||||
Inc(TargetRun, 4 * R.Left);
|
||||
AlphaBlendLineMasterAndColor(TargetRun, R.Right - R.Left, ConstantAlpha, Bias);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
EMMS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$i ../dummydragmanager.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
|
|||
function TBaseVirtualTree.GetTreeFromDataObject(const DataObject: IDataObject): TBaseVirtualTree;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns the owner/sender of the given data object by means of a special clipboard format
|
||||
// or nil if the sender is in another process or no virtual tree at all.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
Data: PVTReference;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
if Assigned(DataObject) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
StandardOLEFormat.cfFormat := CF_VTREFERENCE;
|
||||
if DataObject.GetData(StandardOLEFormat, Medium) = S_OK then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
if Assigned(Data) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Data.Process = GetCurrentProcessID then
|
||||
Result := Data.Tree;
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
ReleaseStgMedium(@Medium);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TBaseVirtualTree.RenderOLEData(const FormatEtcIn: TFormatEtc; out Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
ForClipboard: Boolean): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a memory expression of all currently selected nodes in the Medium structure.
|
||||
// Note: The memory requirement of this method might be very high. This depends however on the requested storage format.
|
||||
// For HGlobal (a global memory block) we need to render first all nodes to local memory and copy this then to
|
||||
// the global memory in Medium. This is necessary because we have first to determine how much
|
||||
// memory is needed before we can allocate it. Hence for a short moment we need twice the space as used by the
|
||||
// nodes alone (plus the amount the nodes need in the tree anyway)!
|
||||
// With IStream this does not happen. We directly stream out the nodes and pass the constructed stream along.
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------- local function --------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure WriteNodes(Stream: TStream);
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Selection: TNodeArray;
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if ForClipboard then
|
||||
Selection := GetSortedCutCopySet(True)
|
||||
else
|
||||
Selection := GetSortedSelection(True);
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(Selection) do
|
||||
WriteNode(Stream, Selection[I]);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------- end local function ----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Data: PCardinal;
|
||||
ResPointer: Pointer;
|
||||
ResSize: Integer;
|
||||
OLEStream: IStream;
|
||||
VCLStream: TStream;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FillChar(Medium, SizeOf(Medium), 0);
|
||||
// We can render the native clipboard format in two different storage media.
|
||||
if (FormatEtcIn.cfFormat = CF_VIRTUALTREE) and (FormatEtcIn.tymed and (TYMED_HGLOBAL or TYMED_ISTREAM) <> 0) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
VCLStream := nil;
|
||||
try
|
||||
Medium.PunkForRelease := nil;
|
||||
// Return data in one of the supported storage formats, prefer IStream.
|
||||
if FormatEtcIn.tymed and TYMED_ISTREAM <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Create an IStream on a memory handle (here it is 0 which indicates to implicitely allocated a handle).
|
||||
// Do not use TStreamAdapter as it is not compatible with OLE (when flushing the clipboard OLE wants the HGlobal
|
||||
// back which is not supported by TStreamAdapater).
|
||||
CreateStreamOnHGlobal(0, True, OLEStream);
|
||||
|
||||
VCLStream := TOLEStream.Create(OLEStream);
|
||||
WriteNodes(VCLStream);
|
||||
// Rewind stream.
|
||||
VCLStream.Position := 0;
|
||||
Medium.tymed := TYMED_ISTREAM;
|
||||
IUnknown(Medium.Pstm) := OLEStream;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
VCLStream := TMemoryStream.Create;
|
||||
WriteNodes(VCLStream);
|
||||
ResPointer := TMemoryStream(VCLStream).Memory;
|
||||
ResSize := VCLStream.Position;
|
||||
|
||||
// Allocate memory to hold the string.
|
||||
if ResSize > 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Medium.hGlobal := GlobalAlloc(GHND or GMEM_SHARE, ResSize + SizeOf(Cardinal));
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
// Store the size of the data too, for easy retrival.
|
||||
Data^ := ResSize;
|
||||
Inc(Data);
|
||||
Move(ResPointer^, Data^, ResSize);
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
Medium.tymed := TYMED_HGLOBAL;
|
||||
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
finally
|
||||
// We can free the VCL stream here since it was either a pure memory stream or only a wrapper around
|
||||
// the OLEStream which exists independently.
|
||||
VCLStream.Free;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else // Ask application descendants to render self defined formats.
|
||||
Result := DoRenderOLEData(FormatEtcIn, Medium, ForClipboard);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
// needed to handle OLE global memory objects
|
||||
TOLEMemoryStream = class(TCustomMemoryStream)
|
||||
public
|
||||
function Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Longint; override;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TOLEMemoryStream.Write(const Buffer; Count: Integer): Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//raise EStreamError.CreateRes(PResStringRec(@SCantWriteResourceStreamError));
|
||||
raise EStreamError.Create(SCantWriteResourceStreamError);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TBaseVirtualTree.ProcessOLEData(Source: TBaseVirtualTree; DataObject: IDataObject; TargetNode: PVirtualNode;
|
||||
Mode: TVTNodeAttachMode; Optimized: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
// Recreates the (sub) tree structure serialized into memory and provided by DataObject. The new nodes are attached to
|
||||
// the passed node or FRoot if TargetNode is nil according to Mode. Optimized can be set to True if the entire operation
|
||||
// happens within the same process (i.e. sender and receiver of the OLE operation are located in the same process).
|
||||
// Optimize = True makes only sense if the operation to carry out is a move hence it is also the indication of the
|
||||
// operation to be done here. Source is the source of the OLE data and only of use (and usually assigned) when
|
||||
// an OLE operation takes place in the same application.
|
||||
// Returns True on success, i.e. the CF_VIRTUALTREE format is supported by the data object and the structure could be
|
||||
// recreated, otherwise False.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
Stream: TStream;
|
||||
Data: Pointer;
|
||||
Node: PVirtualNode;
|
||||
Nodes: TNodeArray;
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
Res: HRESULT;
|
||||
ChangeReason: TChangeReason;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Nodes := nil;
|
||||
// Check the data format available by the data object.
|
||||
with StandardOLEFormat do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Read best format.
|
||||
cfFormat := CF_VIRTUALTREE;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result := DataObject.QueryGetData(StandardOLEFormat) = S_OK;
|
||||
if Result and not (toReadOnly in FOptions.FMiscOptions) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
BeginUpdate;
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
try
|
||||
if TargetNode = nil then
|
||||
TargetNode := FRoot;
|
||||
if TargetNode = FRoot then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case Mode of
|
||||
amInsertBefore:
|
||||
Mode := amAddChildFirst;
|
||||
amInsertAfter:
|
||||
Mode := amAddChildLast;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimized means source is known and in the same process so we can access its pointers, which avoids duplicating
|
||||
// the data while doing a serialization. Can only be used with cut'n paste and drag'n drop with move effect.
|
||||
if Optimized then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if tsOLEDragging in Source.FStates then
|
||||
Nodes := Source.FDragSelection
|
||||
else
|
||||
Nodes := Source.GetSortedCutCopySet(True);
|
||||
|
||||
if Mode in [amInsertBefore,amAddChildLast] then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(Nodes) do
|
||||
if not HasAsParent(TargetNode, Nodes[I]) then
|
||||
Source.MoveTo(Nodes[I], TargetNode, Mode, False);
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for I := High(Nodes) downto 0 do
|
||||
if not HasAsParent(TargetNode, Nodes[I]) then
|
||||
Source.MoveTo(Nodes[I], TargetNode, Mode, False);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result := True;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Source = Self then
|
||||
ChangeReason := crNodeCopied
|
||||
else
|
||||
ChangeReason := crNodeAdded;
|
||||
Res := DataObject.GetData(StandardOLEFormat, Medium);
|
||||
if Res = S_OK then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
case Medium.tymed of
|
||||
TYMED_ISTREAM, // IStream interface
|
||||
TYMED_HGLOBAL: // global memory block
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Stream := nil;
|
||||
if Medium.tymed = TYMED_ISTREAM then
|
||||
Stream := TOLEStream.Create(IUnknown(Medium.Pstm) as IStream)
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
if Assigned(Data) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Get the total size of data to retrieve.
|
||||
I := PCardinal(Data)^;
|
||||
Inc(PCardinal(Data));
|
||||
Stream := TOLEMemoryStream.Create;
|
||||
TOLEMemoryStream(Stream).SetPointer(Data, I);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if Assigned(Stream) then
|
||||
try
|
||||
while Stream.Position < Stream.Size do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Node := MakeNewNode;
|
||||
InternalConnectNode(Node, TargetNode, Self, Mode);
|
||||
InternalAddFromStream(Stream, VTTreeStreamVersion, Node);
|
||||
// This seems a bit strange because of the callback for granting to add the node
|
||||
// which actually comes after the node has been added. The reason is that the node must
|
||||
// contain valid data otherwise I don't see how the application can make a funded decision.
|
||||
if not DoNodeCopying(Node, TargetNode) then
|
||||
DeleteNode(Node)
|
||||
else
|
||||
DoNodeCopied(Node);
|
||||
StructureChange(Node, ChangeReason);
|
||||
|
||||
// In order to maintain the same node order when restoring nodes in the case of amInsertAfter
|
||||
// we have to move the reference node continously. Othwise we would end up with reversed node order.
|
||||
if Mode = amInsertAfter then
|
||||
TargetNode := Node;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result := True;
|
||||
finally
|
||||
Stream.Free;
|
||||
if Medium.tymed = TYMED_HGLOBAL then
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
ReleaseStgMedium(@Medium);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
finally
|
||||
EndUpdate;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TCustomVirtualStringTree.ContentToClipboard(Format: Word; Source: TVSTTextSourceType): HGLOBAL;
|
||||
|
||||
// This method constructs a shareable memory object filled with string data in the required format. Supported are:
|
||||
// CF_TEXT - plain ANSI text (Unicode text is converted using the user's current locale)
|
||||
// CF_UNICODETEXT - plain Unicode text
|
||||
// CF_CSV - comma separated plain ANSI text
|
||||
// CF_VRTF + CF_RTFNOOBS - rich text (plain ANSI)
|
||||
// CF_HTML - HTML text encoded using UTF-8
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Result is the handle to a globally allocated memory block which can directly be used for clipboard and drag'n drop
|
||||
// transfers. The caller is responsible for freeing the memory. If for some reason the content could not be rendered
|
||||
// the Result is 0.
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------- local function --------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure MakeFragment(var HTML: string);
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper routine to build a properly-formatted HTML fragment.
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
Version = 'Version:1.0'#13#10;
|
||||
StartHTML = 'StartHTML:';
|
||||
EndHTML = 'EndHTML:';
|
||||
StartFragment = 'StartFragment:';
|
||||
EndFragment = 'EndFragment:';
|
||||
DocType = '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">';
|
||||
HTMLIntro = '<html><head><META http-equiv=Content-Type content="text/html; charset=utf-8">' +
|
||||
'</head><body><!--StartFragment-->';
|
||||
HTMLExtro = '<!--EndFragment--></body></html>';
|
||||
NumberLengthAndCR = 10;
|
||||
|
||||
// Let the compiler determine the description length.
|
||||
DescriptionLength = Length(Version) + Length(StartHTML) + Length(EndHTML) + Length(StartFragment) +
|
||||
Length(EndFragment) + 4 * NumberLengthAndCR;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Description: string;
|
||||
StartHTMLIndex,
|
||||
EndHTMLIndex,
|
||||
StartFragmentIndex,
|
||||
EndFragmentIndex: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// The HTML clipboard format is defined by using byte positions in the entire block where HTML text and
|
||||
// fragments start and end. These positions are written in a description. Unfortunately the positions depend on the
|
||||
// length of the description but the description may change with varying positions.
|
||||
// To solve this dilemma the offsets are converted into fixed length strings which makes it possible to know
|
||||
// the description length in advance.
|
||||
StartHTMLIndex := DescriptionLength; // position 0 after the description
|
||||
StartFragmentIndex := StartHTMLIndex + Length(DocType) + Length(HTMLIntro);
|
||||
EndFragmentIndex := StartFragmentIndex + Length(HTML);
|
||||
EndHTMLIndex := EndFragmentIndex + Length(HTMLExtro);
|
||||
|
||||
Description := Version +
|
||||
SysUtils.Format('%s%.8d', [StartHTML, StartHTMLIndex]) + #13#10 +
|
||||
SysUtils.Format('%s%.8d', [EndHTML, EndHTMLIndex]) + #13#10 +
|
||||
SysUtils.Format('%s%.8d', [StartFragment, StartFragmentIndex]) + #13#10 +
|
||||
SysUtils.Format('%s%.8d', [EndFragment, EndFragmentIndex]) + #13#10;
|
||||
HTML := Description + DocType + HTMLIntro + HTML + HTMLExtro;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------- end local function ----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Data: Pointer;
|
||||
DataSize: Cardinal;
|
||||
S: string;
|
||||
WS: UnicodeString;
|
||||
P: Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
case Format of
|
||||
CF_TEXT:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
S := ContentToAnsi(Source, #9) + #0;
|
||||
Data := PChar(S);
|
||||
DataSize := Length(S);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
CF_UNICODETEXT:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
WS := ContentToUTF16(Source, #9) + #0;
|
||||
Data := PWideChar(WS);
|
||||
DataSize := 2 * Length(WS);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
else
|
||||
if Format = CF_CSV then
|
||||
S := ContentToAnsi(Source, ListSeparator) + #0
|
||||
else
|
||||
if (Format = CF_VRTF) or (Format = CF_VRTFNOOBJS) then
|
||||
S := ContentToRTF(Source) + #0
|
||||
else
|
||||
if Format = CF_HTML then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
S := ContentToHTML(Source);
|
||||
// Build a valid HTML clipboard fragment.
|
||||
MakeFragment(S);
|
||||
S := S + #0;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Data := PChar(S);
|
||||
DataSize := Length(S);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if DataSize > 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := GlobalAlloc(GHND or GMEM_SHARE, DataSize);
|
||||
P := GlobalLock(Result);
|
||||
Move(Data^, P^, DataSize);
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Result);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,725 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
{$ASMMODE INTEL}
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlendLineConstant(Source, Destination: Pointer; Count: Integer; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blends a line of Count pixels from Source to Destination using a constant alpha value.
|
||||
// The layout of a pixel must be BGRA where A is ignored (but is calculated as the other components).
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha must be in the range 0..255 where 0 means totally transparent (destination pixel only)
|
||||
// and 255 totally opaque (source pixel only).
|
||||
// Bias is an additional value which gets added to every component and must be in the range -128..127
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
// RCX contains Source
|
||||
// RDX contains Destination
|
||||
// R8D contains Count
|
||||
// R9D contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// Bias is on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
//.NOFRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM3 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, R9D // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, [Bias]
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV R10D, 128
|
||||
MOVD XMM4, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RCX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RDX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
PXOR XMM0, XMM0 // clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM0, XMM1{[RCX]} // unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
PXOR XMM1, XMM1 // clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM1, XMM2{[RDX]} // unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
MOVQ XMM2, XMM1 // make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
PSRLW XMM1, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM1 // source - target
|
||||
PMULLW XMM0, XMM3 // alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM2 // add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PADDSW XMM0, XMM5
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PACKUSWB XMM0, XMM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RDX], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD RCX, 4
|
||||
ADD RDX, 4
|
||||
DEC R8D
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
// EAX contains Source
|
||||
// EDX contains Destination
|
||||
// ECX contains Count
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha and Bias are on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PUSH ESI // save used registers
|
||||
PUSH EDI
|
||||
|
||||
MOV ESI, EAX // ESI becomes the actual source pointer
|
||||
MOV EDI, EDX // EDI becomes the actual target pointer
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM6 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [ConstantAlpha]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $F0 /// MOVD MM6, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $F6 /// PUNPCKLWD MM6, MM6
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $F6 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM6, MM6
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [Bias]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E8 /// MOVD MM5, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $ED /// PUNPCKLWD MM5, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $ED /// PUNPCKLDQ MM5, MM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV EAX, 128
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E0 /// MOVD MM4, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $E4 /// PUNPCKLWD MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $E4 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM4, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C0 /// PXOR MM0, MM0, clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $06 /// PUNPCKLBW MM0, [ESI], unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C9 /// PXOR MM1, MM1, clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $0F /// PUNPCKLBW MM1, [EDI], unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $D1 /// MOVQ MM2, MM1, make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D1, $08 /// PSRLW MM1, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C1 /// PSUBW MM0, MM1, source - target
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $C6 /// PMULLW MM0, MM6, alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C2 /// PADDW MM0, MM2, add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C4 /// PSUBW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $ED, $C5 /// PADDSW MM0, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C4 /// PADDW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $67, $C0 /// PACKUSWB MM0, MM0, convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
DB $0F, $7E, $07 /// MOVD [EDI], MM0, store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD ESI, 4
|
||||
ADD EDI, 4
|
||||
DEC ECX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
POP EDI
|
||||
POP ESI
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlendLinePerPixel(Source, Destination: Pointer; Count, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blends a line of Count pixels from Source to Destination using the alpha value of the source pixels.
|
||||
// The layout of a pixel must be BGRA.
|
||||
// Bias is an additional value which gets added to every component and must be in the range -128..127
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
// RCX contains Source
|
||||
// RDX contains Destination
|
||||
// R8D contains Count
|
||||
// R9D contains Bias
|
||||
|
||||
//.NOFRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, R9D // Bias
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV R10D, 128
|
||||
MOVD XMM4, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RCX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RDX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
PXOR XMM0, XMM0 // clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM0, XMM1{[RCX]} // unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
PXOR XMM1, XMM1 // clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM1, XMM2{[RDX]} // unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
MOVQ XMM2, XMM1 // make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
PSRLW XMM1, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM3 with the source alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOVQ XMM3, XMM0
|
||||
PUNPCKHWD XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
PUNPCKHDQ XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM1 // source - target
|
||||
PMULLW XMM0, XMM3 // alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM2 // add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PADDSW XMM0, XMM5
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PACKUSWB XMM0, XMM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RDX], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD RCX, 4
|
||||
ADD RDX, 4
|
||||
DEC R8D
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
|
||||
// EAX contains Source
|
||||
// EDX contains Destination
|
||||
// ECX contains Count
|
||||
// Bias is on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
PUSH ESI // save used registers
|
||||
PUSH EDI
|
||||
|
||||
MOV ESI, EAX // ESI becomes the actual source pointer
|
||||
MOV EDI, EDX // EDI becomes the actual target pointer
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [Bias]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E8 /// MOVD MM5, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $ED /// PUNPCKLWD MM5, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $ED /// PUNPCKLDQ MM5, MM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV EAX, 128
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E0 /// MOVD MM4, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $E4 /// PUNPCKLWD MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $E4 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM4, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C0 /// PXOR MM0, MM0, clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $06 /// PUNPCKLBW MM0, [ESI], unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C9 /// PXOR MM1, MM1, clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $0F /// PUNPCKLBW MM1, [EDI], unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $D1 /// MOVQ MM2, MM1, make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D1, $08 /// PSRLW MM1, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM6 with the source alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $F0 /// MOVQ MM6, MM0
|
||||
DB $0F, $69, $F6 /// PUNPCKHWD MM6, MM6
|
||||
DB $0F, $6A, $F6 /// PUNPCKHDQ MM6, MM6
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C1 /// PSUBW MM0, MM1, source - target
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $C6 /// PMULLW MM0, MM6, alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C2 /// PADDW MM0, MM2, add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C4 /// PSUBW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $ED, $C5 /// PADDSW MM0, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C4 /// PADDW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $67, $C0 /// PACKUSWB MM0, MM0, convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
DB $0F, $7E, $07 /// MOVD [EDI], MM0, store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD ESI, 4
|
||||
ADD EDI, 4
|
||||
DEC ECX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
POP EDI
|
||||
POP ESI
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlendLineMaster(Source, Destination: Pointer; Count: Integer; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blends a line of Count pixels from Source to Destination using the source pixel and a constant alpha value.
|
||||
// The layout of a pixel must be BGRA.
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha must be in the range 0..255.
|
||||
// Bias is an additional value which gets added to every component and must be in the range -128..127
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
// RCX contains Source
|
||||
// RDX contains Destination
|
||||
// R8D contains Count
|
||||
// R9D contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// Bias is on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
//.SAVENV XMM6 //todo see how implement in fpc AlphaBlendLineMaster
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM3 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, R9D // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOV R10D, [Bias]
|
||||
MOVD XMM5, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM5, XMM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV R10D, 128
|
||||
MOVD XMM4, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, DWORD PTR [RCX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, DWORD PTR [RDX] // data is unaligned
|
||||
PXOR XMM0, XMM0 // clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM0, XMM1{[RCX]} // unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
PXOR XMM1, XMM1 // clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM1, XMM2{[RCX]} // unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
MOVQ XMM2, XMM1 // make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
PSRLW XMM1, 8 // move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM6 with the source alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOVQ XMM6, XMM0
|
||||
PUNPCKHWD XMM6, XMM6
|
||||
PUNPCKHDQ XMM6, XMM6
|
||||
PMULLW XMM6, XMM3 // source alpha * master alpha
|
||||
PSRLW XMM6, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * master alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM1 // source - target
|
||||
PMULLW XMM0, XMM6 // alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM2 // add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
PSUBW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PADDSW XMM0, XMM5
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
PACKUSWB XMM0, XMM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RDX], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD RCX, 4
|
||||
ADD RDX, 4
|
||||
DEC R8D
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
|
||||
// EAX contains Source
|
||||
// EDX contains Destination
|
||||
// ECX contains Count
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha and Bias are on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PUSH ESI // save used registers
|
||||
PUSH EDI
|
||||
|
||||
MOV ESI, EAX // ESI becomes the actual source pointer
|
||||
MOV EDI, EDX // EDI becomes the actual target pointer
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM6 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [ConstantAlpha]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $F0 /// MOVD MM6, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $F6 /// PUNPCKLWD MM6, MM6
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $F6 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM6, MM6
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM5 with the bias value.
|
||||
MOV EAX, [Bias]
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E8 /// MOVD MM5, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $ED /// PUNPCKLWD MM5, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $ED /// PUNPCKLDQ MM5, MM5
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM4 with 128 to allow for saturated biasing.
|
||||
MOV EAX, 128
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $E0 /// MOVD MM4, EAX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $E4 /// PUNPCKLWD MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $E4 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM4, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
// Note: The pixel byte values are expanded into the higher bytes of a word due
|
||||
// to the way unpacking works. We compensate for this with an extra shift.
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C0 /// PXOR MM0, MM0, clear source pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $06 /// PUNPCKLBW MM0, [ESI], unpack source pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $C9 /// PXOR MM1, MM1, clear target pixel register for unpacking
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $0F /// PUNPCKLBW MM1, [EDI], unpack target pixel byte values into words
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $D1 /// MOVQ MM2, MM1, make a copy of the shifted values, we need them again
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D1, $08 /// PSRLW MM1, 8, move higher bytes to lower bytes
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM7 with the source alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size.
|
||||
DB $0F, $6F, $F8 /// MOVQ MM7, MM0
|
||||
DB $0F, $69, $FF /// PUNPCKHWD MM7, MM7
|
||||
DB $0F, $6A, $FF /// PUNPCKHDQ MM7, MM7
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $FE /// PMULLW MM7, MM6, source alpha * master alpha
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D7, $08 /// PSRLW MM7, 8, divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// calculation is: target = (alpha * master alpha * (source - target) + 256 * target) / 256
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C1 /// PSUBW MM0, MM1, source - target
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $C7 /// PMULLW MM0, MM7, alpha * (source - target)
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C2 /// PADDW MM0, MM2, add target (in shifted form)
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8, divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Bias is accounted for by conversion of range 0..255 to -128..127,
|
||||
// doing a saturated add and convert back to 0..255.
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $C4 /// PSUBW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $ED, $C5 /// PADDSW MM0, MM5
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C4 /// PADDW MM0, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $67, $C0 /// PACKUSWB MM0, MM0, convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
DB $0F, $7E, $07 /// MOVD [EDI], MM0, store the result
|
||||
@3:
|
||||
ADD ESI, 4
|
||||
ADD EDI, 4
|
||||
DEC ECX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
POP EDI
|
||||
POP ESI
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlendLineMasterAndColor(Destination: Pointer; Count: Integer; ConstantAlpha, Color: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Blends a line of Count pixels in Destination against the given color using a constant alpha value.
|
||||
// The layout of a pixel must be BGRA and Color must be rrggbb00 (as stored by a COLORREF).
|
||||
// ConstantAlpha must be in the range 0..255.
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
// RCX contains Destination
|
||||
// EDX contains Count
|
||||
// R8D contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// R9D contains Color
|
||||
//.NOFRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// The used formula is: target = (alpha * color + (256 - alpha) * target) / 256.
|
||||
// alpha * color (factor 1) and 256 - alpha (factor 2) are constant values which can be calculated in advance.
|
||||
// The remaining calculation is therefore: target = (F1 + F2 * target) / 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Load XMM3 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size. (Every calculation here works on word sized operands.)
|
||||
MOVD XMM3, R8D // ConstantAlpha
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM3, XMM3
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate factor 2.
|
||||
MOV R10D, $100
|
||||
MOVD XMM2, R10D
|
||||
PUNPCKLWD XMM2, XMM2
|
||||
PUNPCKLDQ XMM2, XMM2
|
||||
PSUBW XMM2, XMM3 // XMM2 contains now: 255 - alpha = F2
|
||||
|
||||
// Now calculate factor 1. Alpha is still in XMM3, but the r and b components of Color must be swapped.
|
||||
BSWAP R9D // Color
|
||||
ROR R9D, 8
|
||||
MOVD XMM1, R9D // Load the color and convert to word sized values.
|
||||
PXOR XMM4, XMM4
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM1, XMM4
|
||||
PMULLW XMM1, XMM3 // XMM1 contains now: color * alpha = F1
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
MOVD XMM0, DWORD PTR [RCX]
|
||||
PUNPCKLBW XMM0, XMM4
|
||||
|
||||
PMULLW XMM0, XMM2 // calculate F1 + F2 * target
|
||||
PADDW XMM0, XMM1
|
||||
PSRLW XMM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
PACKUSWB XMM0, XMM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
MOVD DWORD PTR [RCX], XMM0 // store the result
|
||||
|
||||
ADD RCX, 4
|
||||
DEC EDX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
|
||||
// EAX contains Destination
|
||||
// EDX contains Count
|
||||
// ECX contains ConstantAlpha
|
||||
// Color is passed on the stack
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// The used formula is: target = (alpha * color + (256 - alpha) * target) / 256.
|
||||
// alpha * color (factor 1) and 256 - alpha (factor 2) are constant values which can be calculated in advance.
|
||||
// The remaining calculation is therefore: target = (F1 + F2 * target) / 256
|
||||
|
||||
// Load MM3 with the constant alpha value (replicate it for every component).
|
||||
// Expand it to word size. (Every calculation here works on word sized operands.)
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $D9 /// MOVD MM3, ECX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $DB /// PUNPCKLWD MM3, MM3
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $DB /// PUNPCKLDQ MM3, MM3
|
||||
|
||||
// Calculate factor 2.
|
||||
MOV ECX, $100
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $D1 /// MOVD MM2, ECX
|
||||
DB $0F, $61, $D2 /// PUNPCKLWD MM2, MM2
|
||||
DB $0F, $62, $D2 /// PUNPCKLDQ MM2, MM2
|
||||
DB $0F, $F9, $D3 /// PSUBW MM2, MM3 // MM2 contains now: 255 - alpha = F2
|
||||
|
||||
// Now calculate factor 1. Alpha is still in MM3, but the r and b components of Color must be swapped.
|
||||
MOV ECX, [Color]
|
||||
BSWAP ECX
|
||||
ROR ECX, 8
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $C9 /// MOVD MM1, ECX // Load the color and convert to word sized values.
|
||||
DB $0F, $EF, $E4 /// PXOR MM4, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $CC /// PUNPCKLBW MM1, MM4
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $CB /// PMULLW MM1, MM3 // MM1 contains now: color * alpha = F1
|
||||
|
||||
@1: // The pixel loop calculates an entire pixel in one run.
|
||||
DB $0F, $6E, $00 /// MOVD MM0, [EAX]
|
||||
DB $0F, $60, $C4 /// PUNPCKLBW MM0, MM4
|
||||
|
||||
DB $0F, $D5, $C2 /// PMULLW MM0, MM2 // calculate F1 + F2 * target
|
||||
DB $0F, $FD, $C1 /// PADDW MM0, MM1
|
||||
DB $0F, $71, $D0, $08 /// PSRLW MM0, 8 // divide by 256
|
||||
|
||||
DB $0F, $67, $C0 /// PACKUSWB MM0, MM0 // convert words to bytes with saturation
|
||||
DB $0F, $7E, $00 /// MOVD [EAX], MM0 // store the result
|
||||
|
||||
ADD EAX, 4
|
||||
DEC EDX
|
||||
JNZ @1
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure EMMS;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset MMX state to use the FPU for other tasks again.
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
inline;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
{$else}
|
||||
|
||||
asm
|
||||
DB $0F, $77 /// EMMS
|
||||
end;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(DC: HDC; out Width, Height: Integer): Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper function used to retrieve the bitmap selected into the given device context. If there is a bitmap then
|
||||
// the function will return a pointer to its bits otherwise nil is returned.
|
||||
// Additionally the dimensions of the bitmap are returned.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Bitmap: HBITMAP;
|
||||
DIB: TDIBSection;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
Width := 0;
|
||||
Height := 0;
|
||||
Bitmap := GetCurrentObject(DC, OBJ_BITMAP);
|
||||
if Bitmap <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if GetObject(Bitmap, SizeOf(DIB), @DIB) = SizeOf(DIB) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Assert(DIB.dsBm.bmPlanes * DIB.dsBm.bmBitsPixel = 32, 'Alpha blending error: bitmap must use 32 bpp.');
|
||||
Result := DIB.dsBm.bmBits;
|
||||
Width := DIB.dsBmih.biWidth;
|
||||
Height := DIB.dsBmih.biHeight;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Assert(Result <> nil, 'Alpha blending DC error: no bitmap available.');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function GetBitmapBitsFromBitmap(Bitmap: HBITMAP): Pointer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
DIB: TDIBSection;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
if Bitmap <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if GetObject(Bitmap, SizeOf(DIB), @DIB) = SizeOf(DIB) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Assert(DIB.dsBm.bmPlanes * DIB.dsBm.bmBitsPixel = 32, 'Alpha blending error: bitmap must use 32 bpp.');
|
||||
Result := DIB.dsBm.bmBits;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CalculateScanline(Bits: Pointer; Width, Height, Row: Integer): Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
// Helper function to calculate the start address for the given row.
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: Height is always > 0 in LCL
|
||||
{
|
||||
if Height > 0 then // bottom-up DIB
|
||||
Row := Height - Row - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Return DWORD aligned address of the requested scanline.
|
||||
Result := Bits + Row * ((Width * 32 + 31) and not 31) div 8;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure AlphaBlend(Source, Destination: HDC; const R: TRect; const Target: TPoint; Mode: TBlendMode; ConstantAlpha, Bias: Integer);
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimized alpha blend procedure using MMX instructions to perform as quick as possible.
|
||||
// For this procedure to work properly it is important that both source and target bitmap use the 32 bit color format.
|
||||
// R describes the source rectangle to work on.
|
||||
// Target is the place (upper left corner) in the target bitmap where to blend to. Note that source width + X offset
|
||||
// must be less or equal to the target width. Similar for the height.
|
||||
// If Mode is bmConstantAlpha then the blend operation uses the given ConstantAlpha value for all pixels.
|
||||
// If Mode is bmPerPixelAlpha then each pixel is blended using its individual alpha value (the alpha value of the source).
|
||||
// If Mode is bmMasterAlpha then each pixel is blended using its individual alpha value multiplied by ConstantAlpha.
|
||||
// If Mode is bmConstantAlphaAndColor then each destination pixel is blended using ConstantAlpha but also a constant
|
||||
// color which will be obtained from Bias. In this case no offset value is added, otherwise Bias is used as offset.
|
||||
// Blending of a color into target only (bmConstantAlphaAndColor) ignores Source (the DC) and Target (the position).
|
||||
// CAUTION: This procedure does not check whether MMX instructions are actually available! Call it only if MMX is really
|
||||
// usable.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Y: Integer;
|
||||
SourceRun,
|
||||
TargetRun: PByte;
|
||||
|
||||
SourceBits,
|
||||
DestBits: Pointer;
|
||||
SourceWidth,
|
||||
SourceHeight,
|
||||
DestWidth,
|
||||
DestHeight: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if not IsRectEmpty(R) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{$ifdef CPU64}
|
||||
//avoid MasterAlpha due to incomplete AlphaBlendLineMaster. See comment in procedure
|
||||
if Mode = bmMasterAlpha then
|
||||
Mode := bmConstantAlpha;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
// Note: it is tempting to optimize the special cases for constant alpha 0 and 255 by just ignoring soure
|
||||
// (alpha = 0) or simply do a blit (alpha = 255). But this does not take the bias into account.
|
||||
case Mode of
|
||||
bmConstantAlpha:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Get a pointer to the bitmap bits for the source and target device contexts.
|
||||
// Note: this supposes that both contexts do actually have bitmaps assigned!
|
||||
SourceBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Source, SourceWidth, SourceHeight);
|
||||
DestBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Destination, DestWidth, DestHeight);
|
||||
if Assigned(SourceBits) and Assigned(DestBits) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for Y := 0 to R.Bottom - R.Top - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceRun := CalculateScanline(SourceBits, SourceWidth, SourceHeight, Y + R.Top);
|
||||
Inc(SourceRun, 4 * R.Left);
|
||||
TargetRun := CalculateScanline(DestBits, DestWidth, DestHeight, Y + Target.Y);
|
||||
Inc(TargetRun, 4 * Target.X);
|
||||
AlphaBlendLineConstant(SourceRun, TargetRun, R.Right - R.Left, ConstantAlpha, Bias);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
EMMS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
bmPerPixelAlpha:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Source, SourceWidth, SourceHeight);
|
||||
DestBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Destination, DestWidth, DestHeight);
|
||||
if Assigned(SourceBits) and Assigned(DestBits) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for Y := 0 to R.Bottom - R.Top - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceRun := CalculateScanline(SourceBits, SourceWidth, SourceHeight, Y + R.Top);
|
||||
Inc(SourceRun, 4 * R.Left);
|
||||
TargetRun := CalculateScanline(DestBits, DestWidth, DestHeight, Y + Target.Y);
|
||||
Inc(TargetRun, 4 * Target.X);
|
||||
AlphaBlendLinePerPixel(SourceRun, TargetRun, R.Right - R.Left, Bias);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
EMMS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
bmMasterAlpha:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Source, SourceWidth, SourceHeight);
|
||||
DestBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Destination, DestWidth, DestHeight);
|
||||
if Assigned(SourceBits) and Assigned(DestBits) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for Y := 0 to R.Bottom - R.Top - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
SourceRun := CalculateScanline(SourceBits, SourceWidth, SourceHeight, Y + R.Top);
|
||||
Inc(SourceRun, 4 * Target.X);
|
||||
TargetRun := CalculateScanline(DestBits, DestWidth, DestHeight, Y + Target.Y);
|
||||
AlphaBlendLineMaster(SourceRun, TargetRun, R.Right - R.Left, ConstantAlpha, Bias);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
EMMS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
bmConstantAlphaAndColor:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Source is ignored since there is a constant color value.
|
||||
DestBits := GetBitmapBitsFromDeviceContext(Destination, DestWidth, DestHeight);
|
||||
if Assigned(DestBits) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for Y := 0 to R.Bottom - R.Top - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
TargetRun := CalculateScanline(DestBits, DestWidth, DestHeight, Y + R.Top);
|
||||
Inc(TargetRun, 4 * R.Left);
|
||||
AlphaBlendLineMasterAndColor(TargetRun, R.Right - R.Left, ConstantAlpha, Bias);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
EMMS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,726 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
// OLE drag and drop support classes
|
||||
// This is quite heavy stuff (compared with the VCL implementation) but is much better suited to fit the needs
|
||||
// of DD'ing various kinds of virtual data and works also between applications.
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------- TEnumFormatEtc -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TEnumFormatEtc.Create(Tree: TBaseVirtualTree; AFormatEtcArray: TFormatEtcArray);
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
|
||||
FTree := Tree;
|
||||
// Make a local copy of the format data.
|
||||
SetLength(FFormatEtcArray, Length(AFormatEtcArray));
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(AFormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
FFormatEtcArray[I] := AFormatEtcArray[I];
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TEnumFormatEtc.Clone(out Enum: IEnumFormatEtc): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
AClone: TEnumFormatEtc;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
try
|
||||
AClone := TEnumFormatEtc.Create(nil, FFormatEtcArray);
|
||||
AClone.FCurrentIndex := FCurrentIndex;
|
||||
Enum := AClone as IEnumFormatEtc;
|
||||
except
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TEnumFormatEtc.Next(celt: LongWord; out elt: FormatEtc; pceltFetched:pULong=nil): HResult;
|
||||
var
|
||||
CopyCount: LongWord;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
CopyCount := Length(FFormatEtcArray) - FCurrentIndex;
|
||||
if celt < CopyCount then
|
||||
CopyCount := celt;
|
||||
if CopyCount > 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Move(FFormatEtcArray[FCurrentIndex], elt, CopyCount * SizeOf(TFormatEtc));
|
||||
Inc(FCurrentIndex, CopyCount);
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
if pceltFetched <> nil then
|
||||
pceltFetched^ := CopyCount;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TEnumFormatEtc.Reset: HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FCurrentIndex := 0;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TEnumFormatEtc.Skip(celt: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FCurrentIndex + celt < High(FFormatEtcArray) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Inc(FCurrentIndex, celt);
|
||||
Result := S_Ok;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := S_FALSE;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------- TVTDataObject --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TVTDataObject.Create(AOwner: TBaseVirtualTree; ForClipboard: Boolean);
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
|
||||
FOwner := AOwner;
|
||||
FForClipboard := ForClipboard;
|
||||
FOwner.GetNativeClipboardFormats(FFormatEtcArray);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
destructor TVTDataObject.Destroy;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
StgMedium: PStgMedium;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Cancel a pending clipboard operation if this data object was created for the clipboard and
|
||||
// is freed because something else is placed there.
|
||||
if FForClipboard and not (tsClipboardFlushing in FOwner.FStates) then
|
||||
FOwner.CancelCutOrCopy;
|
||||
|
||||
// Release any internal clipboard formats
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(FormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
StgMedium := FindInternalStgMedium(FormatEtcArray[I].cfFormat);
|
||||
if Assigned(StgMedium) then
|
||||
ReleaseStgMedium(StgMedium);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
FormatEtcArray := nil;
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.CanonicalIUnknown(TestUnknown: IUnknown): IUnknown;
|
||||
|
||||
// Uses COM object identity: An explicit call to the IUnknown::QueryInterface method, requesting the IUnknown
|
||||
// interface, will always return the same pointer.
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(TestUnknown) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if TestUnknown.QueryInterface(IUnknown, Result) = 0 then
|
||||
Result._Release // Don't actually need it just need the pointer value
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := TestUnknown
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := TestUnknown
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.EqualFormatEtc(FormatEtc1, FormatEtc2: TFormatEtc): Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := (FormatEtc1.cfFormat = FormatEtc2.cfFormat) and (FormatEtc1.ptd = FormatEtc2.ptd) and
|
||||
(FormatEtc1.dwAspect = FormatEtc2.dwAspect) and (FormatEtc1.lindex = FormatEtc2.lindex) and
|
||||
(FormatEtc1.tymed and FormatEtc2.tymed <> 0);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.FindFormatEtc(TestFormatEtc: TFormatEtc; const FormatEtcArray: TFormatEtcArray): integer;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := -1;
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(FormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if EqualFormatEtc(TestFormatEtc, FormatEtcArray[I]) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := I;
|
||||
Break;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.FindInternalStgMedium(Format: TClipFormat): PStgMedium;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: integer;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := nil;
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(InternalStgMediumArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Format = InternalStgMediumArray[I].Format then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := @InternalStgMediumArray[I].Medium;
|
||||
Break;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.HGlobalClone(HGlobal: THandle): THandle;
|
||||
|
||||
// Returns a global memory block that is a copy of the passed memory block.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Size: Cardinal;
|
||||
Data,
|
||||
NewData: PByte;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Size := GlobalSize(HGlobal);
|
||||
Result := GlobalAlloc(GPTR, Size);
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(hGlobal);
|
||||
try
|
||||
NewData := GlobalLock(Result);
|
||||
try
|
||||
Move(Data^, NewData^, Size);
|
||||
finally
|
||||
GlobalUnLock(Result);
|
||||
end
|
||||
finally
|
||||
GlobalUnLock(hGlobal);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.RenderInternalOLEData(const FormatEtcIn: TFormatEtc; var Medium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
var OLEResult: HResult): Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
// Tries to render one of the formats which have been stored via the SetData method.
|
||||
// Since this data is already there it is just copied or its reference count is increased (depending on storage medium).
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
InternalMedium: PStgMedium;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := True;
|
||||
InternalMedium := FindInternalStgMedium(FormatEtcIn.cfFormat);
|
||||
if Assigned(InternalMedium) then
|
||||
OLEResult := StgMediumIncRef(InternalMedium^, Medium, False, Self as IDataObject)
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := False;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.StgMediumIncRef(const InStgMedium: TStgMedium; var OutStgMedium: TStgMedium;
|
||||
CopyInMedium: Boolean; DataObject: IDataObject): HRESULT;
|
||||
|
||||
// InStgMedium is the data that is requested, OutStgMedium is the data that we are to return either a copy of or
|
||||
// increase the IDataObject's reference and send ourselves back as the data (unkForRelease). The InStgMedium is usually
|
||||
// the result of a call to find a particular FormatEtc that has been stored locally through a call to SetData.
|
||||
// If CopyInMedium is not true we already have a local copy of the data when the SetData function was called (during
|
||||
// that call the CopyInMedium must be true). Then as the caller asks for the data through GetData we do not have to make
|
||||
// copy of the data for the caller only to have them destroy it then need us to copy it again if necessary.
|
||||
// This way we increase the reference count to ourselves and pass the STGMEDIUM structure initially stored in SetData.
|
||||
// This way when the caller frees the structure it sees the unkForRelease is not nil and calls Release on the object
|
||||
// instead of destroying the actual data.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Len: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Simply copy all fields to start with.
|
||||
OutStgMedium := InStgMedium;
|
||||
// The data handled here always results from a call of SetData we got. This ensures only one storage format
|
||||
// is indicated and hence the case statement below is safe (IDataObject.GetData can optionally use several
|
||||
// storage formats).
|
||||
case InStgMedium.tymed of
|
||||
TYMED_HGLOBAL:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if CopyInMedium then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Generate a unique copy of the data passed
|
||||
OutStgMedium.hGlobal := HGlobalClone(InStgMedium.hGlobal);
|
||||
if OutStgMedium.hGlobal = 0 then
|
||||
Result := E_OUTOFMEMORY
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Don't generate a copy just use ourselves and the copy previously saved.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease := Pointer(DataObject); // Does not increase RefCount.
|
||||
end;
|
||||
TYMED_FILE:
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo_lcl_check
|
||||
Len := Length(WideString(InStgMedium.lpszFileName)) + 1; // Don't forget the terminating null character.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.lpszFileName := CoTaskMemAlloc(2 * Len);
|
||||
Move(InStgMedium.lpszFileName^, OutStgMedium.lpszFileName^, 2 * Len);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
TYMED_ISTREAM:
|
||||
IUnknown(OutStgMedium.Pstm)._AddRef;
|
||||
TYMED_ISTORAGE:
|
||||
IUnknown(OutStgMedium.Pstg)._AddRef;
|
||||
TYMED_GDI:
|
||||
if not CopyInMedium then
|
||||
// Don't generate a copy just use ourselves and the previously saved data.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease := Pointer(DataObject) // Does not increase RefCount.
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED; // Don't know how to copy GDI objects right now.
|
||||
TYMED_MFPICT:
|
||||
if not CopyInMedium then
|
||||
// Don't generate a copy just use ourselves and the previously saved data.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease := Pointer(DataObject) // Does not increase RefCount.
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED; // Don't know how to copy MetaFile objects right now.
|
||||
TYMED_ENHMF:
|
||||
if not CopyInMedium then
|
||||
// Don't generate a copy just use ourselves and the previously saved data.
|
||||
OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease := Pointer(DataObject) // Does not increase RefCount.
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED; // Don't know how to copy enhanced metafiles objects right now.
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if (Result = S_OK) and Assigned(OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease) then
|
||||
IUnknown(OutStgMedium.PunkForRelease)._AddRef;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.DAdvise(const FormatEtc: TFormatEtc; advf: DWord; const advSink: IAdviseSink;
|
||||
out dwConnection: DWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Advise sink management is greatly simplified by the IDataAdviseHolder interface.
|
||||
// We use this interface and forward all concerning calls to it.
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
if FAdviseHolder = nil then
|
||||
Result := CreateDataAdviseHolder(FAdviseHolder);
|
||||
if Result = S_OK then
|
||||
Result := FAdviseHolder.Advise(Self as IDataObject, FormatEtc, advf, advSink, dwConnection);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.DUnadvise(dwConnection: DWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FAdviseHolder = nil then
|
||||
Result := E_NOTIMPL
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := FAdviseHolder.Unadvise(dwConnection);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.EnumDAdvise(Out enumAdvise : IEnumStatData):HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FAdviseHolder = nil then
|
||||
Result := OLE_E_ADVISENOTSUPPORTED
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := FAdviseHolder.EnumAdvise(enumAdvise);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.EnumFormatEtc(Direction: DWord; out EnumFormatEtc: IEnumFormatEtc): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
NewList: TEnumFormatEtc;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL;
|
||||
if Direction = DATADIR_GET then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
NewList := TEnumFormatEtc.Create(FOwner, FormatEtcArray);
|
||||
EnumFormatEtc := NewList as IEnumFormatEtc;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
EnumFormatEtc := nil;
|
||||
if EnumFormatEtc = nil then
|
||||
Result := OLE_S_USEREG;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Function TVTDataObject.GetCanonicalFormatEtc(const pformatetcIn : FORMATETC;Out pformatetcOut : FORMATETC):HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DATA_S_SAMEFORMATETC;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.GetData(const FormatEtcIn: TFormatEtc; out Medium: TStgMedium): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Data is requested by clipboard or drop target. This method dispatchs the call
|
||||
// depending on the data being requested.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
Data: PVTReference;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// The tree reference format is always supported and returned from here.
|
||||
if FormatEtcIn.cfFormat = CF_VTREFERENCE then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Note: this format is not used while flushing the clipboard to avoid a dangling reference
|
||||
// when the owner tree is destroyed before the clipboard data is replaced with something else.
|
||||
if tsClipboardFlushing in FOwner.FStates then
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Medium.hGlobal := GlobalAlloc(GHND or GMEM_SHARE, SizeOf(TVTReference));
|
||||
Data := GlobalLock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
Data.Process := GetCurrentProcessID;
|
||||
Data.Tree := FOwner;
|
||||
GlobalUnlock(Medium.hGlobal);
|
||||
Medium.tymed := TYMED_HGLOBAL;
|
||||
Medium.PunkForRelease := nil;
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
try
|
||||
// See if we accept this type and if not get the correct return value.
|
||||
Result := QueryGetData(FormatEtcIn);
|
||||
if Result = S_OK then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(FormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if EqualFormatEtc(FormatEtcIn, FormatEtcArray[I]) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if not RenderInternalOLEData(FormatEtcIn, Medium, Result) then
|
||||
Result := FOwner.RenderOLEData(FormatEtcIn, Medium, FForClipboard);
|
||||
Break;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end
|
||||
except
|
||||
FillChar(Medium, SizeOf(Medium), #0);
|
||||
Result := E_FAIL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.GetDataHere(const FormatEtc: TFormatEtc; out Medium: TStgMedium): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := E_NOTIMPL;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.QueryGetData(const FormatEtc: TFormatEtc): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
I: Integer;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DV_E_CLIPFORMAT;
|
||||
for I := 0 to High(FFormatEtcArray) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FormatEtc.cfFormat = FFormatEtcArray[I].cfFormat then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if (FormatEtc.tymed and FFormatEtcArray[I].tymed) <> 0 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FormatEtc.dwAspect = FFormatEtcArray[I].dwAspect then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if FormatEtc.lindex = FFormatEtcArray[I].lindex then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
Break;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_LINDEX;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_DVASPECT;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DV_E_TYMED;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDataObject.SetData(const FormatEtc: TFormatEtc; const Medium: TStgMedium; DoRelease: BOOL): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Allows dynamic adding to the IDataObject during its existance. Most noteably it is used to implement
|
||||
// IDropSourceHelper and allows to set a special format for optimized moves during a shell transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Index: Integer;
|
||||
LocalStgMedium: PStgMedium;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// See if we already have a format of that type available.
|
||||
Index := FindFormatEtc(FormatEtc, FormatEtcArray);
|
||||
if Index > - 1 then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Just use the TFormatEct in the array after releasing the data.
|
||||
LocalStgMedium := FindInternalStgMedium(FormatEtcArray[Index].cfFormat);
|
||||
if Assigned(LocalStgMedium) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
ReleaseStgMedium(LocalStgMedium);
|
||||
FillChar(LocalStgMedium^, SizeOf(LocalStgMedium^), #0);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// It is a new format so create a new TFormatCollectionItem, copy the
|
||||
// FormatEtc parameter into the new object and and put it in the list.
|
||||
SetLength(FFormatEtcArray, Length(FormatEtcArray) + 1);
|
||||
FormatEtcArray[High(FormatEtcArray)] := FormatEtc;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a new InternalStgMedium and initialize it and associate it with the format.
|
||||
SetLength(FInternalStgMediumArray, Length(InternalStgMediumArray) + 1);
|
||||
InternalStgMediumArray[High(InternalStgMediumArray)].Format := FormatEtc.cfFormat;
|
||||
LocalStgMedium := @InternalStgMediumArray[High(InternalStgMediumArray)].Medium;
|
||||
FillChar(LocalStgMedium^, SizeOf(LocalStgMedium^), #0);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
if DoRelease then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// We are simply being given the data and we take control of it.
|
||||
LocalStgMedium^ := Medium;
|
||||
Result := S_OK
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// We need to reference count or copy the data and keep our own references to it.
|
||||
Result := StgMediumIncRef(Medium, LocalStgMedium^, True, Self as IDataObject);
|
||||
|
||||
// Can get a circular reference if the client calls GetData then calls SetData with the same StgMedium.
|
||||
// Because the unkForRelease for the IDataObject can be marshalled it is necessary to get pointers that
|
||||
// can be correctly compared. See the IDragSourceHelper article by Raymond Chen at MSDN.
|
||||
if Assigned(LocalStgMedium.PunkForRelease) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if CanonicalIUnknown(Self) = CanonicalIUnknown(IUnknown(LocalStgMedium.PunkForRelease)) then
|
||||
IUnknown(LocalStgMedium.PunkForRelease) := nil; // release the interface
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// Tell all registered advice sinks about the data change.
|
||||
if Assigned(FAdviseHolder) then
|
||||
FAdviseHolder.SendOnDataChange(Self as IDataObject, 0, 0);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------- TVTDragManager -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
constructor TVTDragManager.Create(AOwner: TBaseVirtualTree);
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
inherited Create;
|
||||
FOwner := AOwner;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create an instance of the drop target helper interface. This will fail but not harm on systems which do
|
||||
// not support this interface (everything below Windows 2000);
|
||||
CoCreateInstance(CLSID_DragDropHelper, nil, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, IID_IDropTargetHelper, FDropTargetHelper);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
destructor TVTDragManager.Destroy;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Set the owner's reference to us to nil otherwise it will access an invalid pointer
|
||||
// after our desctruction is complete.
|
||||
Pointer(FOwner.FDragManager) := nil;
|
||||
inherited;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GetDataObject: IDataObject;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// When the owner tree starts a drag operation then it gets a data object here to pass it to the OLE subsystem.
|
||||
// In this case there is no local reference to a data object and one is created (but not stored).
|
||||
// If there is a local reference then the owner tree is currently the drop target and the stored interface is
|
||||
// that of the drag initiator.
|
||||
if Assigned(FDataObject) then
|
||||
Result := FDataObject
|
||||
else
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := FOwner.DoCreateDataObject;
|
||||
if Result = nil then
|
||||
Result := TVTDataObject.Create(FOwner, False) as IDataObject;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GetDragSource: TBaseVirtualTree;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := FDragSource;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GetDropTargetHelperSupported: Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := Assigned(FDropTargetHelper);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GetIsDropTarget: Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := FIsDropTarget;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.DragEnter(const DataObject: IDataObject; KeyState: LongWord; Pt: TPoint;
|
||||
var Effect: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FDataObject := DataObject;
|
||||
FIsDropTarget := True;
|
||||
|
||||
SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETDRAGFULLWINDOWS, 0, @FFullDragging, 0);
|
||||
// If full dragging of window contents is disabled in the system then our tree windows will be locked
|
||||
// and cannot be updated during a drag operation. With the following call painting is again enabled.
|
||||
if not FFullDragging then
|
||||
LockWindowUpdate(0);
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.DragEnter(FOwner.Handle, DataObject, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
|
||||
FDragSource := FOwner.GetTreeFromDataObject(DataObject);
|
||||
Result := FOwner.DragEnter(KeyState, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.DragLeave: HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.DragLeave;
|
||||
|
||||
FOwner.DragLeave;
|
||||
FIsDropTarget := False;
|
||||
FDragSource := nil;
|
||||
FDataObject := nil;
|
||||
Result := NOERROR;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.DragOver(KeyState: LongWord; Pt: TPoint; var Effect: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.DragOver(Pt, Effect);
|
||||
|
||||
Result := FOwner.DragOver(FDragSource, KeyState, dsDragMove, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.Drop(const DataObject: IDataObject; KeyState: LongWord; Pt: TPoint;
|
||||
var Effect: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.Drop(DataObject, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
|
||||
Result := FOwner.DragDrop(DataObject, KeyState, Pt, Effect);
|
||||
FIsDropTarget := False;
|
||||
FDataObject := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVTDragManager.ForceDragLeave;
|
||||
|
||||
// Some drop targets, e.g. Internet Explorer leave a drag image on screen instead removing it when they receive
|
||||
// a drop action. This method calls the drop target helper's DragLeave method to ensure it removes the drag image from
|
||||
// screen. Unfortunately, sometimes not even this does help (e.g. when dragging text from VT to a text field in IE).
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Assigned(FDropTargetHelper) and FFullDragging then
|
||||
FDropTargetHelper.DragLeave;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
{$IF FPC_FULLVERSION < 020601}
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GiveFeedback(Effect: Longint): HResult;
|
||||
{$ELSE}
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.GiveFeedback(Effect: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
{$ENDIF}
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := DRAGDROP_S_USEDEFAULTCURSORS;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
{$IF FPC_FULLVERSION < 020601}
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.QueryContinueDrag(EscapePressed: BOOL; KeyState: Longint): HResult;
|
||||
{$ELSE}
|
||||
function TVTDragManager.QueryContinueDrag(EscapePressed: BOOL; KeyState: LongWord): HResult;
|
||||
{$ENDIF}
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
RButton,
|
||||
LButton: Boolean;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
LButton := (KeyState and MK_LBUTTON) <> 0;
|
||||
RButton := (KeyState and MK_RBUTTON) <> 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Drag'n drop canceled by pressing both mouse buttons or Esc?
|
||||
if (LButton and RButton) or EscapePressed then
|
||||
Result := DRAGDROP_S_CANCEL
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Drag'n drop finished?
|
||||
if not (LButton or RButton) then
|
||||
Result := DRAGDROP_S_DROP
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := S_OK;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
|
|||
// Message constants that are not defined in LCL
|
||||
|
||||
WM_APP = $8000;
|
||||
|
||||
// ExtTextOut Options
|
||||
|
||||
ETO_RTLREADING = 128;
|
||||
|
||||
//DrawText options
|
||||
|
||||
DT_RTLREADING = 131072;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clipboard constants
|
||||
|
||||
CF_BITMAP = 2;
|
||||
CF_DIB = 8;
|
||||
CF_PALETTE = 9;
|
||||
CF_ENHMETAFILE = 14;
|
||||
CF_METAFILEPICT = 3;
|
||||
CF_OEMTEXT = 7;
|
||||
CF_TEXT = 1;
|
||||
CF_UNICODETEXT = 13;
|
||||
CF_DIF = 5;
|
||||
CF_DSPBITMAP = 130;
|
||||
CF_DSPENHMETAFILE = 142;
|
||||
CF_DSPMETAFILEPICT = 131;
|
||||
CF_DSPTEXT = 129;
|
||||
CF_GDIOBJFIRST = 768;
|
||||
CF_GDIOBJLAST = 1023;
|
||||
CF_HDROP = 15;
|
||||
CF_LOCALE = 16;
|
||||
CF_OWNERDISPLAY = 128;
|
||||
CF_PENDATA = 10;
|
||||
CF_PRIVATEFIRST = 512;
|
||||
CF_PRIVATELAST = 767;
|
||||
CF_RIFF = 11;
|
||||
CF_SYLK = 4;
|
||||
CF_WAVE = 12;
|
||||
CF_TIFF = 6;
|
||||
CF_MAX = 17;
|
||||
|
||||
// Win32 colors
|
||||
CLR_NONE = $ffffffff;
|
||||
CLR_DEFAULT = $ff000000;
|
||||
|
||||
//DrawFrameControl constants
|
||||
DFCS_HOT = $1000;
|
||||
|
||||
//Thread support
|
||||
//This values is for win32, how about others??
|
||||
INFINITE = $FFFFFFFF;
|
||||
|
||||
//OLE Support
|
||||
E_OUTOFMEMORY = HRESULT($8007000E);
|
||||
E_INVALIDARG = HRESULT($80070057);
|
||||
E_NOINTERFACE = HRESULT($80004002);
|
||||
E_POINTER = HRESULT($80004003);
|
||||
E_HANDLE = HRESULT($80070006);
|
||||
E_ABORT = HRESULT($80004004);
|
||||
E_FAIL = HRESULT($80004005);
|
||||
E_ACCESSDENIED = HRESULT($80070005);
|
||||
|
||||
DV_E_TYMED = HRESULT($80040069);
|
||||
DV_E_CLIPFORMAT = HRESULT($8004006A);
|
||||
DV_E_LINDEX = HRESULT($80040068);
|
||||
DV_E_DVASPECT = HRESULT($8004006B);
|
||||
|
||||
OLE_E_ADVISENOTSUPPORTED = HRESULT($80040003);
|
||||
OLE_S_USEREG = HRESULT($00040000);
|
||||
|
||||
DATA_S_SAMEFORMATETC = HRESULT($00040130);
|
||||
|
||||
DRAGDROP_S_DROP = HRESULT($00040100);
|
||||
DRAGDROP_S_CANCEL = HRESULT($00040101);
|
||||
DRAGDROP_S_USEDEFAULTCURSORS = HRESULT($00040102);
|
||||
|
||||
NOERROR = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
SPI_GETDRAGFULLWINDOWS = 38;
|
||||
|
||||
// windows management
|
||||
SWP_HIDEWINDOW = 128;
|
||||
SWP_SHOWWINDOW = 64;
|
||||
|
||||
//Imagelists
|
||||
ILD_NORMAL = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set WindowPos
|
||||
SWP_FRAMECHANGED = 32;
|
||||
SWP_NOOWNERZORDER = 512;
|
||||
SWP_NOSENDCHANGING = 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
{ RedrawWindow }
|
||||
RDW_ERASE = 4;
|
||||
RDW_FRAME = 1024;
|
||||
RDW_INTERNALPAINT = 2;
|
||||
RDW_INVALIDATE = 1;
|
||||
RDW_NOERASE = 32;
|
||||
RDW_NOFRAME = 2048;
|
||||
RDW_NOINTERNALPAINT = 16;
|
||||
RDW_VALIDATE = 8;
|
||||
RDW_ERASENOW = 512;
|
||||
RDW_UPDATENOW = 256;
|
||||
RDW_ALLCHILDREN = 128;
|
||||
RDW_NOCHILDREN = 64;
|
||||
|
||||
//SetRedraw
|
||||
WM_SETREDRAW = 11;
|
||||
|
||||
//Dummy
|
||||
CM_PARENTFONTCHANGED = 1999;
|
||||
|
||||
//Wheel
|
||||
WHEEL_DELTA = 120;
|
||||
WHEEL_PAGESCROLL = High(DWord);
|
||||
SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES = 104;
|
||||
|
||||
//MultiByte
|
||||
MB_USEGLYPHCHARS = 4;
|
||||
LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE = 4100;
|
||||
|
||||
//Image list
|
||||
ILD_TRANSPARENT = $00000001;
|
||||
ILD_MASK = $00000010;
|
||||
ILD_IMAGE = $00000020;
|
||||
|
||||
ILD_ROP = $00000040;
|
||||
|
||||
ILD_BLEND25 = $00000002;
|
||||
ILD_BLEND50 = $00000004;
|
||||
ILD_OVERLAYMASK = $00000F00;
|
||||
|
||||
{ GetDCEx }
|
||||
DCX_WINDOW = $1;
|
||||
DCX_CACHE = $2;
|
||||
DCX_PARENTCLIP = $20;
|
||||
DCX_CLIPSIBLINGS = $10;
|
||||
DCX_CLIPCHILDREN = $8;
|
||||
DCX_NORESETATTRS = $4;
|
||||
DCX_LOCKWINDOWUPDATE = $400;
|
||||
DCX_EXCLUDERGN = $40;
|
||||
DCX_INTERSECTRGN = $80;
|
||||
DCX_VALIDATE = $200000;
|
||||
|
||||
SCantWriteResourceStreamError = 'CantWriteResourceStreamError';
|
||||
|
||||
//command
|
||||
EN_UPDATE = 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
ES_AUTOHSCROLL = $80;
|
||||
ES_AUTOVSCROLL = $40;
|
||||
ES_CENTER = $1;
|
||||
ES_LEFT = 0;
|
||||
ES_LOWERCASE = $10;
|
||||
ES_MULTILINE = $4;
|
||||
ES_NOHIDESEL = $100;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EM_SETRECTNP = 180;
|
||||
|
||||
DT_END_ELLIPSIS = 32768;
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
|
|||
//Used in DrawTextW
|
||||
{
|
||||
function GetTextAlign(DC: HDC): UINT;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Logger.AddCheckPoint(lcDummyFunctions,'GetTextAlign');
|
||||
Result:=TA_TOP or TA_LEFT;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//Used in DrawTextW, ShortenString, TVirtualTreeColumn.ComputeHeaderLayout, TVirtualTreeColumns.DrawButtonText,
|
||||
// TVTEdit.AutoAdjustSize, TCustomVirtualStringTree.PaintNormalText, TCustomVirtualStringTree.WMSetFont
|
||||
// TCustomVirtualStringTree.DoTextMeasuring
|
||||
{
|
||||
function GetTextExtentPoint32W(DC: HDC; Str: PWideChar; Count: Integer; var Size: TSize): Boolean;
|
||||
var
|
||||
TempStr: String;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Logger.AddCheckPoint(lcDummyFunctions,'GetTextExtentPoint32W');
|
||||
TempStr:=WideCharToString(Str);
|
||||
Result:=GetTextExtentPoint(DC, PChar(TempStr), Length(TempStr), Size);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
//Used in DrawTextW
|
||||
{
|
||||
function ExtTextOutW(DC: HDC; X, Y: Integer; Options: LongInt; Rect: PRect;
|
||||
Str: PWideChar; Count: LongInt; Dx: PInteger): Boolean;
|
||||
var
|
||||
TempStr: String;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Logger.AddCheckPoint(lcDummyFunctions,'ExtTextOutW');
|
||||
TempStr:=WideCharToString(Str);
|
||||
Result:= ExtTextOut(DC, X, Y, Options, Rect, PChar(TempStr), Length(TempStr), Dx);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//Used in TVirtualTreeHintWindow.CalcHintRect, TVirtualTreeColumn.ComputeHeaderLayout
|
||||
// TBaseVirtualTree.CollectSelectedNodesRTL, TBaseVirtualTree.DetermineHitPositionRTL
|
||||
// TBaseVirtualTree.UpdateEditBounds, TBaseVirtualTree.GetDisplayRect, PaintTree,
|
||||
// TStringEditLink.PrepareEdit, TCustomVirtualStringTree.ComputeNodeHeight etc
|
||||
|
||||
function MapWindowPoints(hWndFrom, hWndTo: HWND; var lpPoints; cPoints: UINT): Integer;
|
||||
var
|
||||
I:Integer;
|
||||
XOffset, YOffset: SmallInt;
|
||||
FromRect,ToRect: TRect;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
GetWindowRect(hWndFrom,FromRect);
|
||||
GetWindowRect(hWndTo,ToRect);
|
||||
XOffset:=(FromRect.Left - ToRect.Left);
|
||||
YOffset:=(FromRect.Top - ToRect.Top);
|
||||
for i:=0 to cPoints - 1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{
|
||||
Mode Delphi does not support treating a pointer as a array
|
||||
if ObjFpc is used than this syntax is preferred
|
||||
PPoint(@lpPoints)[i].x:= XOffset + PPoint(@lpPoints)[i].x;
|
||||
PPoint(@lpPoints)[i].y:= YOffset + PPoint(@lpPoints)[i].y;
|
||||
}
|
||||
PPoint(@lpPoints+i)^.x:= XOffset + PPoint(@lpPoints+i)^.x;
|
||||
PPoint(@lpPoints+i)^.y:= YOffset + PPoint(@lpPoints+i)^.y;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
Result:=MakeLong(XOffset,YOffset);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifndef UseExternalDragManager}
|
||||
function RegisterDragDrop(hwnd:HWND; pDropTarget:IDropTarget):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'RegisterDragDrop';
|
||||
|
||||
function RevokeDragDrop(hwnd:HWND):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'RevokeDragDrop';
|
||||
|
||||
function DoDragDrop(pDataObj:IDataObject; pDropSource:IDropSource; dwOKEffects:DWORD; pdwEffect:LPDWORD):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'DoDragDrop';
|
||||
|
||||
function OleInitialize(pvReserved:LPVOID):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'OleInitialize';
|
||||
|
||||
procedure OleUninitialize;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'OleUninitialize';
|
||||
|
||||
procedure ReleaseStgMedium(_para1:LPSTGMEDIUM);stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'ReleaseStgMedium';
|
||||
|
||||
function OleSetClipboard(pDataObj:IDataObject):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'OleSetClipboard';
|
||||
|
||||
function OleGetClipboard(out ppDataObj:IDataObject):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'OleGetClipboard';
|
||||
|
||||
function OleFlushClipboard:WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'OleFlushClipboard';
|
||||
|
||||
function OleIsCurrentClipboard(pDataObj:IDataObject):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'OleIsCurrentClipboard';
|
||||
|
||||
function CreateStreamOnHGlobal(hGlobal:HGLOBAL; fDeleteOnRelease:BOOL;out stm:IStream):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;external 'ole32.dll' name 'CreateStreamOnHGlobal';
|
||||
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Virtual Tree View from Lazarus CCR
|
||||
https://lazarus-ccr.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/lazarus-ccr/components/virtualtreeview-new/branches/4.8
|
||||
Rev. 2200
|
||||
|
||||
Some modifications done for Double Commander (see doublecmd.diff).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit registervirtualtreeview;
|
||||
|
||||
{$Mode ObjFpc}
|
||||
{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes, SysUtils, LResources, LazarusPackageIntf,
|
||||
VirtualTrees, VTHeaderPopup;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Register;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
procedure RegisterUnitVirtualTrees;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
RegisterComponents('Virtual Controls', [TVirtualDrawTree, TVirtualStringTree]);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure RegisterUnitVTHeaderPopup;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
RegisterComponents('Virtual Controls', [TVTHeaderPopupMenu]);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Register;
|
||||
|
||||
begin
|
||||
RegisterUnit('VirtualTrees', @RegisterUnitVirtualTrees);
|
||||
RegisterUnit('VTHeaderPopup', @RegisterUnitVTHeaderPopup);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
initialization
|
||||
{$i ideicons.lrs}
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit FakeActiveX;
|
||||
|
||||
{$i ../dummyactivex.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit fakemmsystem;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes, SysUtils, Types;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeEndPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
LCLIntf;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeEndPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := GetTickCount;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit virtualpanningwindow;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
LCLType, Graphics, Classes, SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
TVirtualPanningWindow = class
|
||||
private
|
||||
FHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FOwnerHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FImage: TBitmap;
|
||||
procedure HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
procedure Stop;
|
||||
procedure Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
property Image: TBitmap read FImage;
|
||||
property Handle: THandle read FHandle;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}
|
||||
uses
|
||||
vtlogger;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FImage := TBitmap.Create;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Stop;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FImage.Free;
|
||||
FImage := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}Logger.SendBitmap([lcPanning],'Panning Image',FImage);{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
{fake unit just to compile - not used under non windows}
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode delphi}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
{$ifdef Windows} Windows, {$endif} Classes, SysUtils, Types;
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
TYMED_HGLOBAL = 1;
|
||||
TYMED_ISTREAM = 4;
|
||||
DVASPECT_CONTENT = 1;
|
||||
CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER = $0010;
|
||||
DROPEFFECT_COPY = 1;
|
||||
DROPEFFECT_LINK = 4;
|
||||
DROPEFFECT_MOVE = 2;
|
||||
DROPEFFECT_NONE = 0;
|
||||
DROPEFFECT_SCROLL = dword($80000000);
|
||||
DATADIR_GET = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
//types from win unit
|
||||
Long = LongInt;
|
||||
WinBool = LongBool;
|
||||
Bool = WinBool;
|
||||
ULONG = cardinal;
|
||||
PULONG = ^ULONG;
|
||||
LONGLONG = int64;
|
||||
LPDWORD = ^DWORD;
|
||||
LPVOID = pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
TCOLORREF = cardinal;
|
||||
|
||||
TIID = TGUID;
|
||||
|
||||
LARGE_INTEGER = record
|
||||
case byte of
|
||||
0: (LowPart : DWORD;
|
||||
HighPart : LONG);
|
||||
1: (QuadPart : LONGLONG);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
PLARGE_INTEGER = ^LARGE_INTEGER;
|
||||
_LARGE_INTEGER = LARGE_INTEGER;
|
||||
|
||||
TLargeInteger = Int64;
|
||||
PLargeInteger = ^TLargeInteger;
|
||||
|
||||
ULARGE_INTEGER = record
|
||||
case byte of
|
||||
0: (LowPart : DWORD;
|
||||
HighPart : DWORD);
|
||||
1: (QuadPart : LONGLONG);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
PULARGE_INTEGER = ^ULARGE_INTEGER;
|
||||
_ULARGE_INTEGER = ULARGE_INTEGER;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
HANDLE = System.THandle;
|
||||
HWND = HANDLE;
|
||||
//HRESULT = System.HResult;
|
||||
|
||||
HBITMAP = HANDLE;
|
||||
HENHMETAFILE = HANDLE;
|
||||
|
||||
//activex types
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IMoniker = Interface;
|
||||
|
||||
WINOLEAPI = HResult;
|
||||
TLCID = DWORD;
|
||||
|
||||
OleChar = WChar;
|
||||
LPOLESTR = ^OLECHAR;
|
||||
HMetaFilePict = Pointer;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
tagBIND_OPTS = Record
|
||||
cvStruct, // sizeof(BIND_OPTS)
|
||||
grfFlags,
|
||||
grfMode,
|
||||
dwTickCountDeadline : DWord;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
TBind_Opts = tagBIND_OPTS;
|
||||
TCLIPFORMAT = Word;
|
||||
|
||||
tagDVTARGETDEVICE = Record
|
||||
tdSize : DWord;
|
||||
tdDriverNameOffset,
|
||||
tdDeviceNameOffset,
|
||||
tdPortNameOffset,
|
||||
tdExtDevmodeOffset : Word;
|
||||
Data : Record End;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
DVTARGETDEVICE = TagDVTARGETDEVICE;
|
||||
PDVTARGETDEVICE = ^tagDVTARGETDEVICE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
tagFORMATETC = Record
|
||||
CfFormat : Word {TCLIPFORMAT};
|
||||
Ptd : PDVTARGETDEVICE;
|
||||
dwAspect : DWORD;
|
||||
lindex : Long;
|
||||
tymed : DWORD;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
FORMATETC = TagFORMATETC;
|
||||
TFORMATETC = FORMATETC;
|
||||
LPFORMATETC = ^FORMATETC;
|
||||
PFormatEtc = LPFORMATETC;
|
||||
|
||||
tagSTATDATA = Record
|
||||
// field used by:
|
||||
FORMATETC : Tformatetc; // EnumAdvise, EnumData (cache), EnumFormats
|
||||
advf : DWord; // EnumAdvise, EnumData (cache)
|
||||
padvSink : Pointer {IAdviseSink}; // EnumAdvise
|
||||
dwConnection: DWord; // EnumAdvise
|
||||
End;
|
||||
STATDATA = TagStatData;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
TagSTGMEDIUM = Record
|
||||
Tymed : DWord;
|
||||
Case Integer Of
|
||||
0 : (HBITMAP : hBitmap; PUnkForRelease : Pointer {IUnknown});
|
||||
1 : (HMETAFILEPICT : hMetaFilePict );
|
||||
2 : (HENHMETAFILE : hEnhMetaFile );
|
||||
3 : (HGLOBAL : hGlobal );
|
||||
4 : (lpszFileName : LPOLESTR );
|
||||
5 : (pstm : Pointer{IStream} );
|
||||
6 : (pstg : Pointer{IStorage} );
|
||||
End;
|
||||
USTGMEDIUM = TagSTGMEDIUM;
|
||||
STGMEDIUM = USTGMEDIUM;
|
||||
TStgMedium = TagSTGMEDIUM;
|
||||
PStgMedium = ^TStgMedium;
|
||||
LPSTGMEDIUM = ^STGMEDIUM;
|
||||
|
||||
IEnumString = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{00000101-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function Next(Celt:ULong;Out xcelt;Out Celtfetched:ULong):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
// Function RemoteNext(Celt:ULong; Out celt;Out Celtfetched:ULong):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Skip (Celt:ULong):Hresult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function Reset:HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function Clone(Out penum:IEnumString):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IEnumMoniker = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{00000102-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function Next(celt:ULong; out Elt;out celftfetched: ULong):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
// Function RemoteNext(Celt:ULong; Out rgelt;out celtfetched :ULong):Hresult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Skip(celt:Ulong):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Reset:HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Close(out penum:IEnumMoniker):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
IEnumSTATDATA = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{00000105-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function Next (Celt:ULong;Out xcelt;pceltfetched : PUlong):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
// Function RemoteNext(Celt:ULong;Out Rgelt:statdata;Out pceltFetched:ULong):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Skip(Celt:ULong):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function Reset:HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function Clone(out penum:IEnumstatdata):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
IEnumFORMATETC = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{00000103-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function Next(Celt:ULong;Out Rgelt:FormatEtc;pceltFetched:pULong=nil):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
// Function RemoteNext(Celt:ULong;Out Rgelt:FormatEtc;Out pceltFetched:ULong):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Skip(Celt:ULong):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function Reset:HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function Clone(out penum:IEnumFORMATETC):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IPersist = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{0000010c-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function GetClassId(clsid:TClsId):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
IPersistStream = Interface(IPersist)
|
||||
['{00000109-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function IsDirty:HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Load(Const stm: IStream):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Save(Const stm: IStream;fClearDirty:Bool):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function GetSizeMax(Out cbSize:ULarge_Integer):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IRunningObjectTable = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{00000010-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function Register (grfFlags :DWord;const unkobject:IUnknown;Const mkObjectName:IMoniker;Out dwregister:DWord):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function Revoke (dwRegister:DWord):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function IsRunning (Const mkObjectName: IMoniker):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function GetObject (Const mkObjectName: IMoniker; Out punkObject:IUnknown):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function NoteChangeTime(dwRegister :DWord;Const FileTime: TFileTime):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function GetTimeOfLastChange(Const mkObjectName:IMoniker;Out filetime:TFileTime):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function EnumRunning (Out enumMoniker: IEnumMoniker):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IBindCtx = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{0000000e-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function RegisterObjectBound(Const punk:IUnknown):HResult; stdCall;
|
||||
Function RevokeObjectBound (Const Punk:IUnknown):HResult; stdCall;
|
||||
Function ReleaseBoundObjects :HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function SetBindOptions(Const bindOpts:TBind_Opts):HResult; stdCall;
|
||||
// Function RemoteSetBindOptions(Const bind_opts: TBind_Opts2):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function GetBindOptions(var BindOpts:TBind_Opts):HResult; stdCall;
|
||||
// Function RemoteGetBindOptions(Var bind_opts: TBind_Opts2):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function GetRunningObjectTable(Out rot : IRunningObjectTable):Hresult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function RegisterObjectParam(Const pszkey:LPOleStr;const punk:IUnknown):HResult;
|
||||
Function GetObjectParam(Const pszkey:LPOleStr; out punk: IUnknown):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function EnumObjectParam (out enum:IEnumString):Hresult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function RevokeObjectParam(pszKey:LPOleStr):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PIMoniker = ^IMoniker;
|
||||
IMoniker = Interface (IPersistStream)
|
||||
['{0000000f-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function BindToObject (const pbc:IBindCtx;const mktoleft:IMoniker; RiidResult:TIID;Out vresult):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
// Function RemoteBindToObject (const pbc:IBindCtx;const mktoleft:IMoniker;RiidResult:TIID;Out vresult):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function BindToStorage(Const Pbc:IBindCtx;Const mktoLeft:IMoniker; Riid:TIID;Out vobj):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
// Function RemoteBindToStorage(Const Pbc:IBindCtx;Const mktoLeft:IMoniker; Riid:TIID;Out vobj):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Reduce (const pbc:IBindCtx; dwReduceHowFar:DWord; mktoLeft: PIMoniker; Out mkReduced:IMoniker):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function ComposeWith(Const MkRight:IMoniker;fOnlyIfNotGeneric:BOOL; OUT mkComposite:IMoniker):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Enum(fForward:Bool;Out enumMoniker:IEnumMoniker):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function IsEqual(Const mkOtherMoniker:IMoniker):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function Hash (Out dwHash:Dword):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function IsRunning(Const bc:IBindCtx;Const MkToLeft:IMoniker;Const mknewlyRunning:IMoniker):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function GetTimeOfLastChange(Const bc:IBindCtx;Const mkToLeft:IMoniker; out ft : FileTime):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Inverse(out mk : IMoniker):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function CommonPrefixWith (Const mkOther:IMoniker):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function RelativePathTo(Const mkother:IMoniker; Out mkRelPath : IMoniker):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function GetDisplayName(Const bc:IMoniker;const mktoleft:IMoniker;Out szDisplayName: pOleStr):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function ParseDisplayName(Const bc:IBindCtx;Const mkToLeft:IMoniker;szDisplayName:POleStr;out cheaten:ULong;out mkOut:IMoniker):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function IsSystemMonitor(Out dwMkSys:DWord):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IAdviseSink = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{0000010f-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
{$ifdef midl500} ['{00000150-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}'] {$endif}
|
||||
Procedure OnDataChange (Const pformatetc : Formatetc;const pstgmed : STGMEDIUM); StdCall;
|
||||
Procedure OnViewChange (dwAspect : DWord; lindex : Long); StdCall;
|
||||
Procedure OnRename (Const pmk : IMoniker); StdCall;
|
||||
Procedure OnSave; StdCall;
|
||||
Procedure OnClose; StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//Fake interfaces
|
||||
IDataObject = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{0000010e-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function GetData(Const formatetcIn : FORMATETC;Out medium : STGMEDIUM):HRESULT; STDCALL;
|
||||
Function GetDataHere(CONST pformatetc : FormatETC; Out medium : STGMEDIUM):HRESULT; STDCALL;
|
||||
Function QueryGetData(const pformatetc : FORMATETC):HRESULT; STDCALL;
|
||||
Function GetCanonicalFormatEtc(const pformatetcIn : FORMATETC;Out pformatetcOut : FORMATETC):HResult; STDCALl;
|
||||
Function SetData (Const pformatetc : FORMATETC;const medium:STGMEDIUM;FRelease : BOOL):HRESULT; StdCall;
|
||||
Function EnumFormatEtc(dwDirection : DWord; OUT enumformatetcpara : IENUMFORMATETC):HRESULT; StdCall;
|
||||
Function DAdvise(const formatetc : FORMATETC;advf :DWORD; CONST AdvSink : IAdviseSink;OUT dwConnection:DWORD):HRESULT;StdCall;
|
||||
Function DUnadvise(dwconnection :DWord) :HRESULT;StdCall;
|
||||
Function EnumDAdvise(Out enumAdvise : IEnumStatData):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
IDropTarget = interface(IUnknown)
|
||||
['{00000122-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
function DragEnter(const dataObj: IDataObject; grfKeyState: DWORD; pt: TPoint; var dwEffect: DWORD): HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
function DragOver(grfKeyState: DWORD; pt: TPoint; var dwEffect: DWORD): HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
function DragLeave: HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
function Drop(const dataObj: IDataObject; grfKeyState: DWORD; pt: TPoint; var dwEffect: DWORD):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IDropSource = interface(IUnknown)
|
||||
['{00000121-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
function QueryContinueDrag(fEscapePressed: BOOL;
|
||||
grfKeyState: DWORD):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
function GiveFeedback(dwEffect: DWORD): HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
IDataAdviseHolder = Interface (IUnknown)
|
||||
['{00000110-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}']
|
||||
Function Advise (CONST pdataObject : IDataObject;CONST fetc:FORMATETC;advf : DWORD;Const pAdvise:IAdviseSink;Out DwConnection:DWord):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function Unadvise (dwConnection:Dword):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
Function EnumAdvise(out penumAdvise : IEnumStatData):HResult;StdCall;
|
||||
Function SendOnDataChange(const pDataObject :IDataObject;DwReserved,advf : DWord):HResult; StdCall;
|
||||
End;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//Ole helper functions
|
||||
|
||||
function Succeeded(Status : HRESULT) : BOOLEAN;
|
||||
|
||||
function Failed(Status : HRESULT) : BOOLEAN;
|
||||
|
||||
//ActiveX functions that have wrong calling convention in fpc
|
||||
|
||||
function RegisterDragDrop(hwnd:HWND; pDropTarget:IDropTarget):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
function RevokeDragDrop(hwnd:HWND):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
function DoDragDrop(pDataObj:IDataObject; pDropSource:IDropSource; dwOKEffects:DWORD; pdwEffect:LPDWORD):WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleInitialize(pvReserved:LPVOID):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure OleUninitialize;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure ReleaseStgMedium(_para1:LPSTGMEDIUM);stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleSetClipboard(pDataObj:IDataObject):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleGetClipboard(out ppDataObj:IDataObject):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleFlushClipboard:WINOLEAPI;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleIsCurrentClipboard(pDataObj:IDataObject):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
function CreateStreamOnHGlobal(hGlobal:HGLOBAL; fDeleteOnRelease:BOOL;out stm:IStream):WINOLEAPI;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
function CoCreateInstance(const _para1:TCLSID; _para2:IUnknown; _para3:DWORD;const _para4:TIID;out _para5):HRESULT;stdcall;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
function Succeeded(Status : HRESULT) : BOOLEAN;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Succeeded:=Status and HRESULT($80000000)=0;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function Failed(Status : HRESULT) : BOOLEAN;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Failed:=Status and HRESULT($80000000)<>0;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function RegisterDragDrop(hwnd: HWND; pDropTarget: IDropTarget): WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function RevokeDragDrop(hwnd: HWND): WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function DoDragDrop(pDataObj: IDataObject; pDropSource: IDropSource;
|
||||
dwOKEffects: DWORD; pdwEffect: LPDWORD): WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleInitialize(pvReserved: LPVOID): WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure OleUninitialize;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure ReleaseStgMedium(_para1: LPSTGMEDIUM);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleSetClipboard(pDataObj: IDataObject): WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleGetClipboard(out ppDataObj: IDataObject): WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleFlushClipboard: WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function OleIsCurrentClipboard(pDataObj: IDataObject): WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CreateStreamOnHGlobal(hGlobal: HGLOBAL; fDeleteOnRelease: BOOL; out
|
||||
stm: IStream): WINOLEAPI;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function CoCreateInstance(const _para1: TCLSID; _para2: IUnknown;
|
||||
_para3: DWORD; const _para4: TIID; out _para5): HRESULT;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//Logger.SendError([lcOle],'Ole function called in Linux');
|
||||
//Logger.SendCallStack([lcOle],'Stack');
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit FakeActiveX;
|
||||
|
||||
{$i ../dummyactivex.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit fakemmsystem;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes, SysUtils, Types;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeEndPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeEndPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
var
|
||||
ATime: TSystemTime;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//todo: properly implement
|
||||
GetLocalTime(ATime);
|
||||
Result := ATime.MilliSecond;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit virtualpanningwindow;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
LCLType, Graphics, Classes, SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
TVirtualPanningWindow = class
|
||||
private
|
||||
FHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FOwnerHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FImage: TBitmap;
|
||||
procedure HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
procedure Stop;
|
||||
procedure Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
property Image: TBitmap read FImage;
|
||||
property Handle: THandle read FHandle;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}
|
||||
uses
|
||||
vtlogger;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FImage := TBitmap.Create;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Stop;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FImage.Free;
|
||||
FImage := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}Logger.SendBitmap([lcPanning],'Panning Image',FImage);{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit FakeActiveX;
|
||||
|
||||
{$i ../dummyactivex.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit fakemmsystem;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes, SysUtils, Types, LCLIntf;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeEndPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeEndPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
//
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := GetTickCount;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit virtualpanningwindow;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
LCLType, Graphics, Classes, SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
TVirtualPanningWindow = class
|
||||
private
|
||||
FHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FOwnerHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FImage: TBitmap;
|
||||
procedure HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
procedure Stop;
|
||||
procedure Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
property Image: TBitmap read FImage;
|
||||
property Handle: THandle read FHandle;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}
|
||||
uses
|
||||
vtlogger;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FImage := TBitmap.Create;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Stop;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FImage.Free;
|
||||
FImage := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}Logger.SendBitmap([lcPanning],'Panning Image',FImage);{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit FakeActiveX;
|
||||
|
||||
{$i ../dummyactivex.inc}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit fakemmsystem;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Classes, SysUtils, Types;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeEndPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
LCLIntf;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeBeginPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeEndPeriod(x1: DWord): DWord;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
function timeGetTime: DWORD;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result := GetTickCount;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit virtualpanningwindow;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
LCLType, Graphics, Classes, SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
TVirtualPanningWindow = class
|
||||
private
|
||||
FHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FOwnerHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FImage: TBitmap;
|
||||
procedure HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
procedure Stop;
|
||||
procedure Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
property Image: TBitmap read FImage;
|
||||
property Handle: THandle read FHandle;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}
|
||||
uses
|
||||
vtlogger;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FImage := TBitmap.Create;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Stop;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
FImage.Free;
|
||||
FImage := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}Logger.SendBitmap([lcPanning],'Panning Image',FImage);{$endif}
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit virtualpanningwindow;
|
||||
|
||||
{Adapted from VirtualTrees by Luiz Américo to work in LCL/Lazarus}
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
Windows, Graphics, Classes, SysUtils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
TVirtualPanningWindow = class
|
||||
private
|
||||
FHandle: THandle;
|
||||
FImage: TBitmap;
|
||||
procedure HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
public
|
||||
procedure Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
procedure Stop;
|
||||
procedure Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
property Image: TBitmap read FImage;
|
||||
property Handle: THandle read FHandle;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}
|
||||
uses
|
||||
vtlogger;
|
||||
{$endif}
|
||||
|
||||
function PanningWindowProc(Window: HWnd; Msg: UInt;WPara: WParam; LPara: LParam): LResult; stdcall;
|
||||
var
|
||||
PanningObject: TVirtualPanningWindow;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
if Msg = WM_PAINT then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
PanningObject:=TVirtualPanningWindow(GetWindowLongPtrW(Window,GWL_USERDATA));
|
||||
if Assigned(PanningObject) then
|
||||
PanningObject.HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
Result := 0;
|
||||
end
|
||||
else
|
||||
Result := DefWindowProc(Window,Msg,WPara,LPara);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
PanningWindowClass: TWndClass = (
|
||||
style: 0;
|
||||
lpfnWndProc: @PanningWindowProc;
|
||||
cbClsExtra: 0;
|
||||
cbWndExtra: 0;
|
||||
hInstance: 0;
|
||||
hIcon: 0;
|
||||
hCursor: 0;
|
||||
hbrBackground: 0;
|
||||
lpszMenuName: nil;
|
||||
lpszClassName: 'VTPanningWindow'
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
{ TVirtualPanningWindow }
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.HandlePaintMessage;
|
||||
var
|
||||
PS: PaintStruct;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
BeginPaint(FHandle, PS);
|
||||
BitBlt(PS.hdc,0,0,FImage.Width,FImage.Height,FImage.Canvas.Handle,0,0,SRCCOPY);
|
||||
EndPaint(FHandle, PS);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Start(OwnerHandle: THandle; const Position: TPoint);
|
||||
var
|
||||
TempClass: TWndClass;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Register the helper window class.
|
||||
if not GetClassInfo(HInstance, PanningWindowClass.lpszClassName, TempClass) then
|
||||
begin
|
||||
PanningWindowClass.hInstance := HInstance;
|
||||
Windows.RegisterClass(PanningWindowClass);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create the helper window and show it at the given position without activating it.
|
||||
with Position do
|
||||
FHandle := CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, PanningWindowClass.lpszClassName, nil, WS_POPUP, X - 16, Y - 16,
|
||||
32, 32, OwnerHandle, 0, HInstance, nil);
|
||||
SetWindowLongPtr(FHandle,GWL_USERDATA,LONG_PTR(Self));
|
||||
|
||||
FImage := TBitmap.Create;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Stop;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
// Destroy the helper window.
|
||||
DestroyWindow(FHandle);
|
||||
FImage.Free;
|
||||
FImage := nil;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
procedure TVirtualPanningWindow.Show(ClipRegion: HRGN);
|
||||
begin
|
||||
{$ifdef DEBUG_VTV}Logger.SendBitmap([lcPanning],'Panning Image',FImage);{$endif}
|
||||
//todo: move SetWindowRgn to DelphiCompat
|
||||
SetWindowRgn(FHandle, ClipRegion, False);
|
||||
ShowWindow(FHandle, SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<?xml version="1.0"?>
|
||||
<CONFIG>
|
||||
<Package Version="4">
|
||||
<Name Value="virtualtreeview_package"/>
|
||||
<AddToProjectUsesSection Value="True"/>
|
||||
<Author Value="Mike Lischke (LCL Port: Luiz Américo)"/>
|
||||
<CompilerOptions>
|
||||
<Version Value="11"/>
|
||||
<SearchPaths>
|
||||
<IncludeFiles Value="include/intf/$(LCLWidgetType);units;include/intf"/>
|
||||
<OtherUnitFiles Value="units/$(LCLWidgetType)"/>
|
||||
<UnitOutputDirectory Value="lib/$(TargetCPU)-$(TargetOS)-$(LCLWidgetType)"/>
|
||||
</SearchPaths>
|
||||
<Parsing>
|
||||
<SyntaxOptions>
|
||||
<UseAnsiStrings Value="False"/>
|
||||
</SyntaxOptions>
|
||||
</Parsing>
|
||||
<Other>
|
||||
<CompilerPath Value="$(CompPath)"/>
|
||||
</Other>
|
||||
</CompilerOptions>
|
||||
<Description Value="Virtual Treeview is an advanced component originally created for Delphi
|
||||
"/>
|
||||
<License Value=" Mozilla Public License 1.1 (MPL 1.1) or GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
"/>
|
||||
<Version Major="4" Minor="8" Release="7" Build="3"/>
|
||||
<Files Count="7">
|
||||
<Item1>
|
||||
<Filename Value="virtualtrees.lrs"/>
|
||||
<Type Value="LRS"/>
|
||||
</Item1>
|
||||
<Item2>
|
||||
<Filename Value="VirtualTrees.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="VirtualTrees"/>
|
||||
</Item2>
|
||||
<Item3>
|
||||
<Filename Value="VTHeaderPopup.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="VTHeaderPopup"/>
|
||||
</Item3>
|
||||
<Item4>
|
||||
<Filename Value="registervirtualtreeview.pas"/>
|
||||
<HasRegisterProc Value="True"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="registervirtualtreeview"/>
|
||||
</Item4>
|
||||
<Item5>
|
||||
<Filename Value="ideicons.lrs"/>
|
||||
<Type Value="LRS"/>
|
||||
</Item5>
|
||||
<Item6>
|
||||
<Filename Value="VTConfig.inc"/>
|
||||
<Type Value="Include"/>
|
||||
</Item6>
|
||||
<Item7>
|
||||
<Filename Value="VTGraphics.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="VTGraphics"/>
|
||||
</Item7>
|
||||
</Files>
|
||||
<Type Value="RunAndDesignTime"/>
|
||||
<RequiredPkgs Count="2">
|
||||
<Item1>
|
||||
<PackageName Value="lclextensions_package"/>
|
||||
<MinVersion Minor="5" Valid="True"/>
|
||||
</Item1>
|
||||
<Item2>
|
||||
<PackageName Value="LCL"/>
|
||||
</Item2>
|
||||
</RequiredPkgs>
|
||||
<UsageOptions>
|
||||
<UnitPath Value="$(PkgOutDir)"/>
|
||||
</UsageOptions>
|
||||
<PublishOptions>
|
||||
<Version Value="2"/>
|
||||
<IgnoreBinaries Value="False"/>
|
||||
</PublishOptions>
|
||||
</Package>
|
||||
</CONFIG>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
|||
{ This file was automatically created by Lazarus. Do not edit!
|
||||
This source is only used to compile and install the package.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unit virtualtreeview_package;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
VirtualTrees, VTHeaderPopup, registervirtualtreeview, VTGraphics,
|
||||
LazarusPackageIntf;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Register;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
RegisterUnit('registervirtualtreeview', @registervirtualtreeview.Register);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
initialization
|
||||
RegisterPackage('virtualtreeview_package', @Register);
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<?xml version="1.0"?>
|
||||
<CONFIG>
|
||||
<Package Version="4">
|
||||
<Name Value="virtualtreeview_package_doublecmd"/>
|
||||
<AddToProjectUsesSection Value="True"/>
|
||||
<Author Value="Mike Lischke (LCL Port: Luiz Américo)"/>
|
||||
<CompilerOptions>
|
||||
<Version Value="11"/>
|
||||
<SearchPaths>
|
||||
<IncludeFiles Value="include/intf/$(LCLWidgetType);units;include/intf"/>
|
||||
<OtherUnitFiles Value="units/$(LCLWidgetType)"/>
|
||||
<UnitOutputDirectory Value="lib/$(TargetCPU)-$(TargetOS)-$(LCLWidgetType)"/>
|
||||
</SearchPaths>
|
||||
<Parsing>
|
||||
<SyntaxOptions>
|
||||
<UseAnsiStrings Value="False"/>
|
||||
</SyntaxOptions>
|
||||
</Parsing>
|
||||
<CodeGeneration>
|
||||
<Checks>
|
||||
<RangeChecks Value="True"/>
|
||||
<OverflowChecks Value="True"/>
|
||||
</Checks>
|
||||
</CodeGeneration>
|
||||
<Linking>
|
||||
<Debugging>
|
||||
<DebugInfoType Value="dsDwarf2Set"/>
|
||||
</Debugging>
|
||||
</Linking>
|
||||
<Other>
|
||||
<CompilerPath Value="$(CompPath)"/>
|
||||
</Other>
|
||||
</CompilerOptions>
|
||||
<Description Value="Virtual Treeview is an advanced component originally created for Delphi
|
||||
"/>
|
||||
<License Value=" Mozilla Public License 1.1 (MPL 1.1) or GNU Lesser General Public License
|
||||
"/>
|
||||
<Version Major="4" Minor="8" Release="7" Build="1"/>
|
||||
<Files Count="7">
|
||||
<Item1>
|
||||
<Filename Value="virtualtrees.lrs"/>
|
||||
<Type Value="LRS"/>
|
||||
</Item1>
|
||||
<Item2>
|
||||
<Filename Value="VirtualTrees.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="VirtualTrees"/>
|
||||
</Item2>
|
||||
<Item3>
|
||||
<Filename Value="VTHeaderPopup.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="VTHeaderPopup"/>
|
||||
</Item3>
|
||||
<Item4>
|
||||
<Filename Value="registervirtualtreeview.pas"/>
|
||||
<HasRegisterProc Value="True"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="registervirtualtreeview"/>
|
||||
</Item4>
|
||||
<Item5>
|
||||
<Filename Value="ideicons.lrs"/>
|
||||
<Type Value="LRS"/>
|
||||
</Item5>
|
||||
<Item6>
|
||||
<Filename Value="VTConfig.inc"/>
|
||||
<Type Value="Include"/>
|
||||
</Item6>
|
||||
<Item7>
|
||||
<Filename Value="VTGraphics.pas"/>
|
||||
<UnitName Value="VTGraphics"/>
|
||||
</Item7>
|
||||
</Files>
|
||||
<Type Value="RunAndDesignTime"/>
|
||||
<RequiredPkgs Count="2">
|
||||
<Item1>
|
||||
<PackageName Value="lclextensions_package_doublecmd"/>
|
||||
</Item1>
|
||||
<Item2>
|
||||
<PackageName Value="LCL"/>
|
||||
</Item2>
|
||||
</RequiredPkgs>
|
||||
<UsageOptions>
|
||||
<UnitPath Value="$(PkgOutDir)"/>
|
||||
</UsageOptions>
|
||||
<PublishOptions>
|
||||
<Version Value="2"/>
|
||||
<IgnoreBinaries Value="False"/>
|
||||
</PublishOptions>
|
||||
</Package>
|
||||
</CONFIG>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
|||
{ This file was automatically created by Lazarus. Do not edit!
|
||||
This source is only used to compile and install the package.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unit virtualtreeview_package_doublecmd;
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
VirtualTrees, VTHeaderPopup, registervirtualtreeview, VTGraphics,
|
||||
LazarusPackageIntf;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
procedure Register;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
RegisterUnit('registervirtualtreeview', @registervirtualtreeview.Register);
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
initialization
|
||||
RegisterPackage('virtualtreeview_package_doublecmd', @Register);
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
|||
unit vtlogger;
|
||||
|
||||
{$mode objfpc}{$H+}
|
||||
|
||||
interface
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
multiloglcl, multilog;
|
||||
|
||||
const
|
||||
//lc stands for LogClass
|
||||
//it's possible to define the constants to suit any need
|
||||
lcAll = [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31];
|
||||
lcDebug = 0;
|
||||
lcError = 1;
|
||||
lcInfo = 2;
|
||||
lcWarning = 3;
|
||||
|
||||
lcEvents = 4;
|
||||
lcPaint = 5;
|
||||
lcPaintHeader = 6;
|
||||
lcDummyFunctions = 7;
|
||||
lcMessages = 8;
|
||||
lcPaintSelection = 9;
|
||||
lcSetCursor = 10;//it generates a lot of messages. so it will be debugged alone
|
||||
lcPaintBitmap = 11;
|
||||
lcScroll = 12;
|
||||
lcPaintDetails = 13;
|
||||
lcCheck = 14;
|
||||
lcEditLink = 15;
|
||||
lcEraseBkgnd = 16;
|
||||
lcColumnPosition = 17;
|
||||
lcTimer = 18;
|
||||
lcDrag = 19;
|
||||
lcOle = 20;
|
||||
lcPanning = 21;
|
||||
lcHeaderOffset = 22;
|
||||
lcSelection = 23;
|
||||
lcAlphaBlend = 24;
|
||||
lcHint = 25;
|
||||
lcMouseEvent = 26;
|
||||
|
||||
var
|
||||
Logger: TLCLLogger;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
function GetSelectedNodes(Sender: TLogger; Data: Pointer; var DoSend: Boolean): String;
|
||||
|
||||
implementation
|
||||
|
||||
uses
|
||||
VirtualTrees, sysutils;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
TNodeData = record
|
||||
Title: String;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
PNodeData = ^TNodeData;
|
||||
|
||||
function GetSelectedNodes(Sender: TLogger; Data: Pointer; var DoSend: Boolean): String;
|
||||
var
|
||||
i: Integer;
|
||||
TempNode: PVirtualNode;
|
||||
begin
|
||||
with TBaseVirtualTree(Data) do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
Result:='SelectedCount: '+IntToStr(SelectedCount)+LineEnding;
|
||||
TempNode:=GetFirstSelected;
|
||||
if TempNode = nil then exit;
|
||||
Result:=Result+PNodeData(GetNodeData(TempNode))^.Title+LineEnding;
|
||||
for i:= 1 to SelectedCount -1 do
|
||||
begin
|
||||
TempNode:=GetNextSelected(TempNode);
|
||||
Result:=Result+PNodeData(GetNodeData(TempNode))^.Title+LineEnding;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
initialization
|
||||
Logger:=TLCLLogger.Create;
|
||||
finalization
|
||||
Logger.Free;
|
||||
end.
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -935,12 +935,8 @@ uses
|
|||
uFileSourceOperationOptionsUI, uDebug, uHotkeyManager, uFileSourceUtil, uTempFileSystemFileSource,
|
||||
Laz2_XMLRead, DCOSUtils, DCStrUtils, fOptions, fOptionsFrame, fOptionsToolbar, uClassesEx,
|
||||
uHotDir, uFileSorting, DCBasicTypes, foptionsDirectoryHotlist, uConnectionManager,
|
||||
fOptionsToolbarBase, fOptionsToolbarMiddle, fEditor, uColumns, StrUtils, uSysFolders
|
||||
{$IFDEF COLUMNSFILEVIEW_VTV}
|
||||
, uColumnsFileViewVtv
|
||||
{$ELSE}
|
||||
, uColumnsFileView
|
||||
{$ENDIF}
|
||||
fOptionsToolbarBase, fOptionsToolbarMiddle, fEditor, uColumns, StrUtils, uSysFolders,
|
||||
uColumnsFileView
|
||||
{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS}
|
||||
, uNetworkThread
|
||||
{$ENDIF}
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -32,13 +32,7 @@ uses
|
|||
ComCtrls, Controls, Classes, SysUtils, StdCtrls, ExtCtrls, Forms, ColorBox,
|
||||
Buttons, Spin, Grids, Menus, Dialogs,
|
||||
//DC
|
||||
uColumns, fOptionsFrame
|
||||
{$IFDEF COLUMNSFILEVIEW_VTV}
|
||||
, uColumnsFileViewVtv
|
||||
{$ELSE}
|
||||
, uColumnsFileView
|
||||
{$ENDIF}
|
||||
;
|
||||
uColumns, fOptionsFrame, uColumnsFileView;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -32,13 +32,7 @@ uses
|
|||
DividerBevel,
|
||||
|
||||
//DC
|
||||
uColumns, fOptionsFrame
|
||||
{$IFDEF COLUMNSFILEVIEW_VTV}
|
||||
, uColumnsFileViewVtv
|
||||
{$ELSE}
|
||||
, uColumnsFileView
|
||||
{$ENDIF}
|
||||
;
|
||||
uColumns, fOptionsFrame, uColumnsFileView;
|
||||
|
||||
type
|
||||
{ TfrmOptionsFilePanelsColors }
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -398,12 +398,8 @@ uses fOptionsPluginsBase, fOptionsPluginsDSX, fOptionsPluginsWCX,
|
|||
DCOSUtils, DCStrUtils, DCBasicTypes, uFileSourceCopyOperation, fSyncDirsDlg,
|
||||
uHotDir, DCXmlConfig, dmCommonData, fOptionsFrame, foptionsDirectoryHotlist,
|
||||
fMainCommandsDlg, uConnectionManager, fOptionsFavoriteTabs, fTreeViewMenu,
|
||||
uArchiveFileSource, fOptionsHotKeys, fBenchmark, uAdministrator, uWcxArchiveFileSource
|
||||
{$IFDEF COLUMNSFILEVIEW_VTV}
|
||||
, uColumnsFileViewVtv
|
||||
{$ELSE}
|
||||
, uColumnsFileView
|
||||
{$ENDIF}
|
||||
uArchiveFileSource, fOptionsHotKeys, fBenchmark, uAdministrator, uWcxArchiveFileSource,
|
||||
uColumnsFileView
|
||||
;
|
||||
|
||||
resourcestring
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue